2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" Hey, EMACS: -*- nroff -*-
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" IMPORTANT NOTE:
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" The original of this file is kept in xorriso/xorriso.texi
|
|
|
|
.\" This here was generated by program xorriso/make_xorriso_1
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" First parameter, NAME, should be all caps
|
|
|
|
.\" Second parameter, SECTION, should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection
|
|
|
|
.\" other parameters are allowed: see man(7), man(1)
|
2023-01-22 15:19:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.TH XORRISO 1 "Version 1.5.5, Jan 15, 2023"
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" Please adjust this date whenever revising the manpage.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" Some roff macros, for reference:
|
|
|
|
.\" .nh disable hyphenation
|
|
|
|
.\" .hy enable hyphenation
|
|
|
|
.\" .ad l left justify
|
|
|
|
.\" .ad b justify to both left and right margins
|
|
|
|
.\" .nf disable filling
|
|
|
|
.\" .fi enable filling
|
|
|
|
.\" .br insert line break
|
|
|
|
.\" .sp <n> insert n+1 empty lines
|
|
|
|
.\" for manpage-specific macros, see man(7)
|
2008-06-11 13:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.nh
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.SH NAME
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
xorriso \- creates, loads, manipulates and writes ISO 9660 filesystem images
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
with Rock Ridge extensions.
|
|
|
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
|
|
|
.B xorriso
|
|
|
|
.RI [ settings | actions ]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
is a program which copies file objects from POSIX compliant
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
filesystems into Rock Ridge enhanced ISO 9660 filesystems and performs
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
session\-wise manipulation of such filesystems. It can load the management
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
information of existing ISO images and it writes the session results to
|
|
|
|
optical media or to filesystem objects.
|
2008-06-14 10:47:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Vice versa \fBxorriso\fR is able to copy file objects out of ISO 9660
|
|
|
|
filesystems.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
A special property of \fBxorriso\fR is that it needs neither an external
|
|
|
|
ISO 9660
|
2009-02-02 20:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
formatter program nor an external burn program for CD, DVD or BD but rather
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
incorporates the libraries of libburnia\-project.org .
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
|
|
|
.B Overview of features:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Operates on an existing ISO image or creates a new one.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-06-22 11:28:34 +00:00
|
|
|
Copies files from disk filesystem into the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Copies files from ISO image to disk filesystem (see osirrox).
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-31 17:54:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Renames or deletes file objects in the ISO image.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-11-08 14:43:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Changes file properties in the ISO image.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Updates ISO subtrees incrementally to match given disk subtrees.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Writes result either as completely new image or as add\-on session
|
2008-07-10 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
to optical media or filesystem objects.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-18 09:59:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Can activate ISOLINUX and GRUB boot images via El Torito and MBR.
|
2008-09-28 11:33:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Can perform multi\-session tasks as emulation of mkisofs and cdrecord.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-06-22 11:28:34 +00:00
|
|
|
Can record and restore hard links and ACL.
|
2009-02-16 08:26:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-11 17:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
Content may get zisofs compressed or filtered by external processes.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-02-12 21:29:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Can issue commands to mount older sessions on GNU/Linux or FreeBSD.
|
2008-12-07 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-08-24 10:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Can check media for damages and copy readable blocks to disk.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-08-12 13:03:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Can attach MD5 checksums to each data file and the whole session.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Scans for optical drives, blanks re\-usable optical media.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-05-26 14:00:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Reads its instructions from command line arguments, dialog, and files.
|
2007-10-31 17:54:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Provides navigation commands for interactive ISO image manipulation.
|
2008-02-14 21:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Adjustable thresholds for abort, exit value, and problem reporting.
|
2013-05-07 20:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.sp 1
|
|
|
|
Note that \fBxorriso\fR does not write audio CDs and that it does not
|
|
|
|
produce UDF filesystems which are specified for official video DVD or BD.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
|
|
|
.B General information paragraphs:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Session model
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
Media types and states
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Libburn drives
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Rock Ridge, POSIX, X/Open, El Torito, ACL, xattr
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Command processing
|
2007-12-08 17:16:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-12-15 18:31:39 +00:00
|
|
|
Dialog, Readline, Result pager
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.sp 1
|
|
|
|
Maybe you first want to have a look at section EXAMPLES near the end of
|
|
|
|
this text before reading the next few hundred lines of background information.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBSession model:\fR
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Unlike other filesystems, \fBISO 9660\fR (aka \fBECMA\-119\fR)
|
|
|
|
is not intended for read\-write operation but
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
rather for being generated in a single sweep and being written to media as a
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBsession\fR.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
The data content of the session is called filesystem \fBimage\fR.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The written image in its session can then be mounted by the operating system
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
for being used read\-only. GNU/Linux is able to mount ISO images from block
|
2010-02-12 21:29:36 +00:00
|
|
|
devices, which may represent optical media, other media or via a loop device
|
|
|
|
even from regular disk files. FreeBSD mounts ISO images from devices that
|
|
|
|
represent arbitrary media or from regular disk files.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
This session usage model has been extended on CD media by the concept of
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBmulti\-session\fR ,
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
which adds information to the CD and gives the mount programs
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
of the operating systems the addresses of the entry points of each
|
|
|
|
session. The mount programs recognize block devices which represent
|
|
|
|
CD media and will by default mount the image in the last session.
|
2007-11-07 12:37:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
This session usually contains an updated directory tree for the whole medium
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
which governs the data contents in all recorded sessions.
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
So in the view of the mount program all sessions of a particular medium
|
2007-11-07 12:37:19 +00:00
|
|
|
together form a single filesystem image.
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
Adding a session to an existing ISO image is in this text referred as
|
|
|
|
\fBgrowing\fR.
|
2007-11-14 14:28:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The multi\-session model of the MMC standard does not apply to all media
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
types. But program growisofs by Andy Polyakov showed how to extend this
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
functionality to overwritable media or disk files which carry valid ISO 9660
|
2009-05-26 14:00:54 +00:00
|
|
|
filesystems.
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR provides growing as well as an own method named
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBmodifying\fR which produces a completely new ISO image from the old
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
one and the modifications.
|
|
|
|
See paragraph Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing below.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR adopts the concept of multi\-session by loading an
|
|
|
|
image directory tree if present,
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
by offering to manipulate it by several actions,
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
and by writing the new image to the target medium.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
The first session of a \fBxorriso\fR run begins by the definition of
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
the input drive with the ISO image or by the definition of an output drive.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The session ends by command \-commit which triggers writing. A \-commit is
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
done automatically when the program ends regularly.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
After \-commit a new session begins with the freshly written one as input.
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
A new input drive can only be chosen as long as the loaded ISO image was
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
not altered. Pending alteration can be revoked by command \-rollback.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Writing a session to the target is supposed to be very expensive in terms of
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
time and of consumed space on appendable or write\-once media. Therefore all
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
intended manipulations of a particular ISO image should be done in a single
|
2009-09-28 17:32:27 +00:00
|
|
|
session. But in principle it is possible
|
|
|
|
to store intermediate states and to continue with image manipulations.
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Media types and states:
|
|
|
|
There are two families of media in the MMC standard:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBMulti\-session media\fR are CD\-R, CD\-RW, DVD\-R, DVD+R, DVD+R/DL, BD\-R, and
|
|
|
|
unformatted DVD\-RW. These media provide a table of content which
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
describes their existing sessions. See command \fB\-toc\fR.
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Similar to multi\-session media are DVD\-R DL and minimally blanked DVD\-RW.
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
They record only a single session of which the size must be known in advance.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR will write onto them only if command \-close is set to "on".
|
2010-08-21 10:30:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBOverwritable media\fR are DVD\-RAM, DVD+RW, BD\-RE, and formatted DVD\-RW.
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
They offer random write access but do not provide information about their
|
2008-05-08 14:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
session history. If they contain one or more ISO 9660 sessions and if the
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
first session was written by \fBxorriso\fR, then a table of content can
|
2008-05-08 14:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
be emulated. Else only a single overall session will be visible.
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
DVD\-RW media can be formatted by \-format "full".
|
|
|
|
They can be made unformatted by \-blank "deformat".
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Regular files and block devices are handled as overwritable media.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Pipes and other writeable file types are handled as blank multi\-session media.
|
2021-09-25 08:51:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The program growisofs formats by default BD\-R to be pseudo\-overwritable (POW).
|
|
|
|
xorriso will classify them as
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Media current: is unsuitable , is POW formatted
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
and will refuse to write to them or to obtain multi\-session information from
|
|
|
|
them.
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
These media can assume several states in which they offer different
|
|
|
|
capabilities.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBBlank\fR media can be written from scratch. They contain no ISO image
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
suitable for \fBxorriso\fR.
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Blank is the state of newly purchased optical media.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
With used CD\-RW and DVD\-RW it can be achieved by action \-blank "as_needed".
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Overwritable media are considered blank if they are new or if they have
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
been marked as blank by \fBxorriso\fR.
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Action \-blank "as_needed" can be used to do this marking on overwritable
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
media, or to apply mandatory formatting to new media if necessary.
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBAppendable\fR media accept further sessions. Either they are MMC
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
multi\-session media in appendable state, or they are overwritable media
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
which contain an ISO image suitable for \fBxorriso\fR.
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Appendable is the state after writing a session with command \-close off.
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBClosed\fR media cannot be written. They may contain an ISO image suitable
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
for \fBxorriso\fR.
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Closed is the state of DVD\-ROM media and of multi\-session media which were
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
written with command \-close on. If the drive is read\-only hardware then it will
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
probably show any media as closed CD\-ROM or DVD\-ROM.
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Overwritable media assume this state in such read\-only drives or if they
|
2008-05-13 13:52:33 +00:00
|
|
|
contain unrecognizable data in the first 32 data blocks.
|
2008-05-08 14:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Read\-only drives may or may not show session histories of multi\-session
|
2008-05-08 14:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
media. Often only the first and the last session are visible. Sometimes
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
not even that. Command \-rom_toc_scan might or might not help in such cases.
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing:
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-12-08 17:16:41 +00:00
|
|
|
A new empty ISO image gets \fBcreated\fR
|
2008-11-15 13:36:22 +00:00
|
|
|
if there is no input drive with a valid ISO 9660 image when the first time
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
an output drive is defined. This is achieved by command \-dev on blank media
|
|
|
|
or by command \-outdev on media in any state.
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
The new empty image can be populated with directories and files.
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Before it can be written, the medium in the output drive must get into
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
blank state if it was not blank already.
|
2007-11-14 14:28:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
If there is a input drive with a valid ISO image, then this image gets loaded
|
|
|
|
as foundation for manipulations and extension. The constellation of input
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
and output drive determines which write method will be used.
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
They have quite different capabilities and constraints.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
The method of \fBgrowing\fR adds new data to the existing data on the
|
|
|
|
medium. These data comprise of new file content and they override the existing
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
ISO 9660 + Rock Ridge directory tree. It is possible to hide files from
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
previous sessions but they still exist on the medium and with many types of
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
optical media it is quite easy to recover them by mounting older sessions.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Growing is achieved by command \-dev.
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The write method of \fBmodifying\fR produces compact filesystem
|
|
|
|
images with no outdated files or directory trees. Modifying can write its
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
images to target media which are completely unsuitable for multi\-session
|
|
|
|
operations. E.g. DVD\-RW which were treated with \-blank deformat_quickest,
|
|
|
|
DVD\-R DL, named pipes, character devices, sockets.
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
On the other hand modified sessions cannot be written to appendable media
|
|
|
|
but to blank media only.
|
2007-11-14 14:28:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
So for this method one needs either two optical drives or has to work with
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
filesystem objects as source and/or target medium.
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Modifying takes place if input drive and output drive are not the same and
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if command \-grow_blindly is set to its default "off".
|
|
|
|
This is achieved by commands \-indev and \-outdev.
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
If command \-grow_blindly is set to a non\-negative number and if \-indev and
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-outdev are both set to different drives, then \fBblind growing\fR is
|
|
|
|
performed. It produces an add\-on session which is ready for being written
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
to the given block address. This is the usage model of
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
mkisofs \-M $indev \-C $msc1,$msc2 \-o $outdev
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
which gives much room for wrong parameter combinations and should thus only be
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
employed if a strict distinction between ISO formatter \fBxorriso\fR
|
|
|
|
and the burn program is desired. \-C $msc1,$msc2 is equivalent to:
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-load sbsector $msc1 \-grow_blindly $msc2
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
|
|
|
.B Libburn drives:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
Input drive, i.e. source of an existing or empty ISO image, can be any random
|
2007-12-15 18:31:39 +00:00
|
|
|
access readable libburn drive: optical media with readable data,
|
|
|
|
blank optical media, regular files, block devices.
|
2013-12-01 08:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Output drive, i.e. target for writing, can be any libburn drive.
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
Some drive types do not support the method of growing but only the methods
|
|
|
|
of modifying and blind growing. They all are suitable for newly created images.
|
2013-12-01 08:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
All drive file objects have to offer rw\-permission to the user of
|
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR.
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Even those which will not be usable for reading an ISO image.
|
2013-12-01 08:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
With any type of drive object, the data are considered to be organized in
|
|
|
|
blocks of 2 KiB. Access happens in terms of Logical Block Address
|
|
|
|
(\fBLBA\fR) which gives the number of a particular data block.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2010-02-12 21:29:36 +00:00
|
|
|
MMC compliant (i.e. optical) drives on GNU/Linux usually get addressed by
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
the path of their block device or of their generic character device. E.g.
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-dev /dev/sr0
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-dev /dev/hdc
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-dev /dev/sg2
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-03-18 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
By default xorriso will try to map the given address to /dev/hd* and /dev/sr*.
|
|
|
|
The command \-scsi_dev_family can redirect the mapping from sr to scd or sg.
|
2021-09-25 08:51:21 +00:00
|
|
|
The latter does not suffer from the concurrency problems which plagued /dev/sr
|
|
|
|
of Linux kernels since version 3 up to 5.5. But it does not yield the same
|
|
|
|
addresses which are used by mount(8) or by open(2) for read(2).
|
2016-03-18 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-11-18 22:46:39 +00:00
|
|
|
On FreeBSD the device files have names like
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-dev /dev/cd0
|
2008-11-18 22:46:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-03-03 20:28:36 +00:00
|
|
|
On NetBSD:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-dev /dev/rcd0d
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-06-10 18:15:56 +00:00
|
|
|
On OpenSolaris:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-dev /dev/rdsk/c4t0d0s2
|
2010-06-10 18:15:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Get a list of accessible drives by command
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-07-27 21:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
\-device_links
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-31 17:54:54 +00:00
|
|
|
It might be necessary to do this as
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBsuperuser\fR
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
in order to see all drives and to then allow rw\-access for the intended users.
|
2007-10-31 17:54:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Consider to bundle the authorized users in a group like old "floppy".
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Filesystem objects of nearly any type can be addressed by prefix "stdio:" and
|
|
|
|
their path in the filesystem. E.g.:
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-dev stdio:/dev/sdc
|
2008-12-16 13:02:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
The default setting of \-drive_class allows the user to address files outside
|
|
|
|
the /dev tree without that prefix. E.g.:
|
2008-12-16 13:02:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-dev /tmp/pseudo_drive
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If path leads to a regular file or to a block device then the emulated drive
|
|
|
|
is random access readable and can be used for the method of growing if it
|
|
|
|
already contains a valid ISO 9660 image. Any other file type is not readable
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
via "stdio:" and can only be used as target for the method of modifying or
|
|
|
|
blind growing.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Non\-existing paths in existing directories are handled as empty regular files.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2008-01-20 13:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
A very special kind of pseudo drive are open file descriptors. They are
|
|
|
|
depicted by "stdio:/dev/fd/" and descriptor number (see man 2 open).
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Addresses "\-" or "stdio:/dev/fd/1" depict standard output, which normally is
|
2008-01-20 13:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
the output channel for result texts.
|
|
|
|
To prevent a fatal intermingling of ISO image and text messages, all result
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
texts get redirected to stderr if \-*dev "\-" or "stdio:/dev/fd/1" is among
|
2008-01-20 13:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
the start arguments of the program.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-07-10 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
Standard output is currently suitable for creating one session
|
2008-01-20 20:03:48 +00:00
|
|
|
per program run without dialog. Use in other situations is discouraged
|
|
|
|
and several restrictions apply:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-01-20 13:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
It is not allowed to use standard output as pseudo drive if it was not
|
|
|
|
among the start arguments. Do not try to fool this ban via backdoor addresses
|
|
|
|
to stdout.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If stdout is used as drive, then \-use_readline is permanently disabled.
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Use of backdoors can cause severe memory and/or tty corruption.
|
2008-01-20 13:13:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Be aware that especially the superuser can write into any accessible file or
|
2008-12-16 13:02:11 +00:00
|
|
|
device by using its path with the "stdio:" prefix. By default any address
|
|
|
|
in the /dev tree without prefix "stdio:" will work only if it leads to a MMC
|
|
|
|
drive.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
One may use command
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-ban_stdio_write\fR
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
to surely prevent this risk and to restrict drive usage to MMC drives.
|
2008-12-16 13:02:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
One may prepend "mmc:" to a path to surely disallow any automatic "stdio:".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
By command \-drive_class one may ban certain paths or allow access without
|
2008-12-16 13:02:11 +00:00
|
|
|
prefix "stdio:" to other paths.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Rock Ridge, POSIX, X/Open, El Torito, ACL, xattr:
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBRock Ridge\fR
|
2010-02-28 17:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
is the name of a set of additional information which enhance
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
an ISO 9660 filesystem so that it can represent a POSIX compliant filesystem
|
|
|
|
with ownership, access permissions, symbolic links, and other attributes.
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
This is what \fBxorriso\fR uses for a decent representation of the disk
|
2012-05-22 12:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
files within the ISO image. \fBxorriso\fR produces Rock Ridge information
|
|
|
|
by default. It is strongly discouraged to disable this feature.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR is not named "porriso" because POSIX only guarantees
|
|
|
|
14 characters
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
of filename length. It is the X/Open System Interface standard XSI which
|
|
|
|
demands a file name length of up to 255 characters and paths of up to 1024
|
|
|
|
characters. Rock Ridge fulfills this demand.
|
2008-10-04 17:32:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
An \fBEl Torito\fR
|
2010-12-11 08:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
boot record points the BIOS bootstrapping facility to one or more boot
|
|
|
|
images, which are binary program files stored in the ISO image.
|
2008-10-04 17:32:45 +00:00
|
|
|
The content of the boot image files is not in the scope of El Torito.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Most bootable GNU/Linux CDs are equipped with ISOLINUX or GRUB boot images.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR is able to create or maintain an El Torito object which
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
makes such an image bootable. For details see command \-boot_image.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
It is possible to make ISO images bootable from USB stick or other
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
hard\-disk\-like media. Several options install a \fBMBR\fR
|
|
|
|
(Master Boot Record), It may get adjusted according to the needs of the
|
|
|
|
intended boot firmware and the involved boot loaders, e.g. GRUB2 or ISOLINUX.
|
|
|
|
A MBR contains boot code and a partition table.
|
|
|
|
The new MBR of a follow\-up session can get in effect
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
only on overwritable media.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
MBR is read by PC\-BIOS when booting from USB stick or hard disk,
|
|
|
|
and by PowerPC CHRP or PReP when booting.
|
2017-09-17 09:06:12 +00:00
|
|
|
An MBR partition with type 0xee indicates the presence of GPT.
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Emulation \-as mkisofs supports the example options out of the ISOLINUX wiki,
|
|
|
|
the options used in GRUB script grub\-mkrescue, and the example in the
|
2010-06-25 17:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
FreeBSD AvgLiveCD wiki.
|
2008-10-04 17:32:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
A \fBGPT\fR (GUID Partition Table) marks partitions in a more modern way.
|
|
|
|
It is read by EFI when booting from USB stick or hard disk, and may be used
|
|
|
|
for finding and mounting a HFS+ partition inside the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
An \fBAPM\fR (Apple Partition Map) marks the HFS+ partition.
|
|
|
|
It is read by Macs for booting and for mounting.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
MBR, GPT and APM are combinable. APM occupies the first 8 bytes of
|
|
|
|
MBR boot code. All three do not hamper El Torito booting from CDROM.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
There is support for further facilities:
|
2014-04-09 07:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
MIPS Big Endian (SGI), MIPS Little Endian (DEC), SUN SPARC, HP\-PA.
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Those are mutually not combinable and also not combinable with MBR, GPT,
|
|
|
|
or APM.
|
2008-10-20 18:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBACL\fR
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
are an advanced way of controlling access permissions to file objects. Neither
|
|
|
|
ISO 9660 nor Rock Ridge specify a way to record ACLs. So libisofs has
|
|
|
|
introduced a standard conformant extension named AAIP for that purpose.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
It uses this extension if enabled by command
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-acl\fR.
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
AAIP enhanced images are supposed to be mountable normally, but one cannot
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
expect that the mounted filesystem will show and respect the ACLs.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
For now, only \fBxorriso\fR is able to retrieve those ACLs.
|
|
|
|
It can bring them into
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
effect when files get restored to an ACL enabled file system or it can
|
|
|
|
print them in a format suitable for tool setfacl.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Files with ACL show as group permissions the setting of entry "mask::" if
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
that entry exists. Nevertheless the non\-listed group members get handled
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
according to entry "group::". When removing ACL from a file,
|
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR brings "group::" into effect.
|
2011-08-23 10:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Recording and restoring of ACLs from and to local files works currently
|
|
|
|
only on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD.
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2011-08-23 10:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxattr\fR (aka EA, or extattr)
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
are pairs of name and value which can be attached to file objects. AAIP is
|
2017-10-23 10:08:16 +00:00
|
|
|
able to represent them and \fBxorriso\fR can record and restore them.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
But be aware that pairs with names of non\-user namespaces are not necessarily
|
|
|
|
portable between operating systems and not even between filesystems.
|
2017-11-15 10:10:33 +00:00
|
|
|
Only those which begin with "user.", like "user.x" or "user.whatever",
|
2017-10-23 10:08:16 +00:00
|
|
|
can unconditionally be expected to be appropriate on other machines and disks.
|
|
|
|
Processing of other xattr may need administrator privileges.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Name has to be a 0 terminated string.
|
2009-02-16 08:26:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Value may be any array of bytes which does not exceed the size of 4095 bytes.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
xattr processing happens only if it is enabled by command
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-xattr\fR.
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
As with ACL, currently only \fBxorriso\fR is able to retrieve xattr
|
|
|
|
from AAIP enhanced images, to restore them to xattr capable file systems,
|
|
|
|
or to print them.
|
2011-08-23 10:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Recording and restoring of xattr from and to local files works currently
|
|
|
|
only on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD, where they are known as extattr.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
|
|
|
.B Command processing:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-02-25 14:40:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Commands are either actions which happen immediately or settings which
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
influence following actions. So their sequence does matter, unless they are
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
given as program arguments and command
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-x\fR
|
|
|
|
is among them.
|
2009-02-25 14:40:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2021-06-04 16:18:51 +00:00
|
|
|
The list of all current settings can be inquired by command \-status "long".
|
|
|
|
Command \-status "short" lists a handful of fundamental settings and all
|
|
|
|
settings which are not default at program start.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2009-02-25 14:40:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Commands consist of a command word,
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
followed by zero or more parameter words. If the list of parameter words
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
is of variable length (indicated by "[...]" or "[***]") then it must be
|
|
|
|
terminated by either the \fBlist delimiter\fR, occur at the end of
|
|
|
|
the argument list, or occur at the end of an input line.
|
2008-09-05 09:54:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
At program start the list delimiter is the string "\-\-".
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
This may be changed with the \-list_delimiter command in order to allow
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
"\-\-" as parameter in a variable length list.
|
|
|
|
However, it is advised to reset the delimiter to "\-\-"
|
|
|
|
immediately afterwards.
|
2008-09-05 09:54:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
For brevity the list delimiter is referred as "\-\-"
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
throughout this text.
|
2008-09-05 09:54:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
The list delimiter is silently ignored if it appears after the parameters of
|
2008-09-05 09:54:38 +00:00
|
|
|
a command with a fixed list length. It is handled as normal text if it
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
appears among the parameters of such a command.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBPattern expansion\fR
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
converts a list of pattern words into a list of existing file addresses.
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Unmatched pattern words will appear unaltered in that result list.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Pattern matching supports the usual shell parser wildcards '*' '?' '[xyz]'
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
and respects '/' as the path separator, which may only be matched literally.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Pattern expansion is a property of some particular commands and not a general
|
|
|
|
feature. It is controlled by commands \-iso_rr_pattern and \-disk_pattern.
|
|
|
|
Commands which use pattern expansion all have variable parameter
|
|
|
|
lists which are specified in this text by "[***]" rather than "[...]".
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Some other commands perform pattern matching unconditionally.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Command and parameter words are either read from the program arguments, where
|
|
|
|
one argument is one word, or from quoted input lines where words are recognized
|
2008-10-17 12:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
similar to the quotation rules of a shell parser.
|
2007-10-31 17:54:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR is not a shell, although it might appear so at first glimpse.
|
2007-10-31 17:54:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Be aware that the interaction of quotation marks and pattern symbols like "*"
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
differs from the usual shell parsers. In \fBxorriso\fR, a quotation mark
|
|
|
|
does not make a pattern symbol literal.
|
2007-10-31 17:54:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBQuoted input\fR
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
converts whitespace\-separated text into words.
|
2008-10-17 12:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
The double quotation mark " and the single quotation mark ' can be used to
|
|
|
|
enclose whitespace and make it part of words (e.g. of file names). Each mark
|
|
|
|
type can enclose the marks of the other type. A trailing backslash \\ outside
|
|
|
|
quotations or an open quotation cause the next input line to be appended.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Quoted input accepts any 8\-bit character except NUL (0) as the content of
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
the quotes.
|
2008-10-17 12:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Nevertheless it can be cumbersome for the user to produce those characters
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
directly. Therefore quoted input and program arguments offer optional
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBBackslash Interpretation\fR
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
which can represent all 8\-bit characters except NUL (0) via backslash codes
|
2008-10-17 12:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
as in $'...' of bash.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
This is not enabled by default. See command \-backslash_codes.
|
2008-10-17 12:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
When the program starts then it first looks for argument \-no_rc. If this is
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
not present then it looks for its startup files and
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
reads their content as command input lines. Then it interprets
|
|
|
|
the program arguments as commands and parameters. Finally it enters
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog mode if command \-dialog "on" has been executed by this point.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The program ends either by command \-end, or by the end of program arguments
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if dialog mode has not been enabled at that point, or by a problem
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
event which triggers the threshold of command \-abort_on.
|
2007-12-08 17:16:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2007-12-15 18:31:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Dialog, Readline, Result pager:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-10-20 18:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
Dialog mode prompts for a quoted input line, parses it into words, and performs
|
2007-12-15 18:31:39 +00:00
|
|
|
them as commands with their parameters. It provides assisting services
|
|
|
|
to make dialog more comfortable.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Readline is an enhancement for the input line. You may already know it from
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
the bash shell. Whether it is available in \fBxorriso\fR depends on the
|
|
|
|
availability
|
|
|
|
of package readline\-dev at the time when \fBxorriso\fR was built from
|
|
|
|
its sourcecode.
|
2007-12-15 18:31:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Readline lets the user move the cursor over the text in the line by help of the
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Left and the Right arrow keys.
|
2007-12-26 16:01:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Text may be inserted at the cursor position. The Delete key removes the
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
character under the cursor. Up and Down arrow keys navigate through
|
2007-12-15 18:31:39 +00:00
|
|
|
the history of previous input lines.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
See man readline
|
|
|
|
for more info about libreadline.
|
2007-12-15 18:31:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Command \-page activates a built\-in result text pager which may be convenient in
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
dialog mode. After an action has output the given number of terminal lines,
|
2007-12-08 17:16:41 +00:00
|
|
|
the pager prompts the user for a line of input.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
An empty line lets \fBxorriso\fR resume work until the next page is output.
|
2007-12-08 17:16:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The single character "@" disables paging for the current action.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
"@@@", "x", "q", "X", or "Q" request that the current action aborts and
|
|
|
|
suppress further result output.
|
2007-12-08 17:16:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Any other line input will be interpreted as new dialog line. The current action
|
|
|
|
is requested to abort. Afterwards, the input line is executed.
|
2007-12-08 17:16:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Some actions apply paging to their info output, too.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
The request to abort may or may not be obeyed by the current action.
|
|
|
|
All actions try to abort as soon as possible.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
2007-10-28 17:47:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
All command words are shown with a leading dash although this dash is not
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
mandatory for the command to be recognized. Nevertheless within command \-as
|
|
|
|
the dashes of the emulated commands are mandatory.
|
2008-05-13 18:08:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Normally any number of leading dashes is ignored with command words and
|
|
|
|
inner dashes are interpreted as underscores.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Execution order of program arguments:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
By default the program arguments of a xorriso run are interpreted as a
|
|
|
|
sequence of commands which get performed exactly in the given order.
|
|
|
|
This requires the user to write commands for desired settings before the
|
|
|
|
commands which shall be influenced by those settings.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Many other programs support program arguments in an arbitrary ordering
|
|
|
|
and perform settings and actions in a sequence at their own discretion.
|
|
|
|
xorriso provides an option to enable such a behavior
|
|
|
|
at the cost of loss of expressivity.
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-x\fR
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable automatic sorting of program arguments into a sequence that
|
|
|
|
(most likely) is sensible.
|
|
|
|
This command may be given at any position among the commands
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
which are handed over as program arguments.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: It works only if it is given as program argument and
|
|
|
|
with a single dash (i.e. "\-x"). It will not work in startup files, nor with
|
|
|
|
\-options_from_file, nor in dialog mode, nor as "x" and finally not as
|
|
|
|
"\-\-x".
|
|
|
|
It affects only the commands given as program arguments.
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-list_arg_sorting\fR
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
List all xorriso commands in the order which applies if command \-x is in
|
|
|
|
effect.
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
This list may also be helpful without \-x for a user who ponders over the
|
|
|
|
sequence in which to put commands. Deviations from the listed sorting order may
|
2012-01-31 13:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
well make sense, though.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Acquiring source and target drive:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
The effect of acquiring a drive may depend on several commands in the
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
next paragraph "Influencing the behavior of image loading".
|
|
|
|
If desired, their enabling commands have to be performed before the
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
commands which acquire the drive.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-dev\fR address
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Set input and output drive to the same address and load an ISO image if it
|
|
|
|
is present.
|
2007-11-14 14:28:44 +00:00
|
|
|
If there is no ISO image then create a blank one.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the image expansion method to growing.
|
2007-11-14 14:28:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
This is only allowed as long as no changes are pending in the currently
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
loaded ISO image. If changes are pending, then one has to perform \-commit
|
|
|
|
or \-rollback first.
|
2007-10-20 19:50:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Special address string "\-" means standard output, to which several restrictions
|
2008-01-20 20:03:48 +00:00
|
|
|
apply. See above paragraph "Libburn drives".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
An empty address string "" gives up the current device
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
without acquiring a new one.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-11-14 14:28:44 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-indev\fR address
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Set input drive and load an ISO image if present.
|
|
|
|
If the new input drive differs
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
from \-outdev then switch from growing to modifying or to blind growing.
|
|
|
|
It depends on the setting of \-grow_blindly which of both gets activated.
|
|
|
|
The same rules and restrictions apply as with \-dev.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-11-14 14:28:44 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-outdev\fR address
|
|
|
|
Set output drive and if it differs from the input drive then switch from
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
growing to modifying or to blind growing. Unlike \-dev and \-indev this action
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
does not load a new ISO image. So it can be performed even if there are pending
|
|
|
|
changes.
|
2007-11-14 14:28:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-outdev can be performed without previous \-dev or \-indev. In that case an
|
2007-11-14 14:28:44 +00:00
|
|
|
empty ISO image with no changes pending is created. It can either be populated
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
by help of \-map, \-add et.al. or it can be discarded silently if \-dev or \-indev
|
2008-10-02 09:24:58 +00:00
|
|
|
are performed afterwards.
|
2007-11-14 14:28:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Special address string "\-" means standard output, to which several restrictions
|
2008-01-20 20:03:48 +00:00
|
|
|
apply. See above paragraph "Libburn drives".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
An empty address string "" gives up the current output drive
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
without acquiring a new one. No writing is possible without an output drive.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2019-09-08 10:30:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-drive_class\fR "harmless"|"banned"|"caution"|"clear_list" disk_pattern
|
|
|
|
Add a drive path pattern to one of the safety lists or make those lists empty.
|
|
|
|
There are three lists defined which get tested in the following sequence:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If a drive address path matches the "harmless" list then the drive will be
|
|
|
|
accepted. If it is not a MMC device then the prefix "stdio:" will be prepended
|
|
|
|
automatically. This list is empty by default.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Else if the path matches the "banned" list then the drive will not be
|
|
|
|
accepted by \fBxorriso\fR but rather lead to a FAILURE event.
|
|
|
|
This list is empty by default.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Else if the path matches the "caution" list and if it is not a MMC device,
|
|
|
|
then its address must have the prefix "stdio:" or it will be rejected.
|
|
|
|
This list has by default one entry: "/dev".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If a drive path matches no list then it is considered "harmless". By default
|
|
|
|
these are all paths which do not begin with directory "/dev".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
A path matches a list if one of its parent paths or itself matches a list
|
|
|
|
entry. Address prefix "stdio:" or "mmc:" will be ignored when
|
|
|
|
testing for matches.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
By pseudo\-class "clear_list" and pseudo\-patterns "banned", "caution",
|
|
|
|
"harmless", or "all", the lists may be made empty.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g.: \-drive_class clear_list banned
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
One will normally define the \-drive_class lists in one of the \fBxorriso\fR
|
|
|
|
Startup Files.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Note: This is not a security feature but rather a bumper for the superuser to
|
|
|
|
prevent inadverted mishaps. For reliably blocking access to a device file you
|
|
|
|
have to deny its rw\-permissions in the filesystem.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-drive_access\fR "exclusive"|"shared":"unrestricted"|"readonly"
|
|
|
|
Control whether device file locking mechanisms shall be used when acquiring a
|
|
|
|
drive, and whether status or content of the medium in the drive may be
|
|
|
|
altered. Useful and most harmless are the setting "shared:readonly"
|
|
|
|
and the default setting "exclusive:unrestricted".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"exclusive" enables tests and locks when acquiring the drive. It depends on the
|
|
|
|
operating system which locking mechanisms get applied, if any. On GNU/Linux
|
|
|
|
it is open(O_EXCL). On FreeBSD it is flock(LOCK_EX).
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"shared" disables the use of these mechanisms to become able to acquire drives
|
|
|
|
which are mounted, or opened by some process, or guarded by /dev/pktcdvd*.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"unrestricted" enables all technically appropriate operations on an acquired
|
|
|
|
drive. "shared:unrestricted" risks to get own burn runs spoiled by other
|
|
|
|
processes or to vice versa spoil activities of such processes. So use
|
|
|
|
"exclusive:unrestricted" unless you know for sure that "shared" is safe.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"readonly" disables operations which might surprise a co\-user of the drive.
|
|
|
|
For \-outdev these are formatting, blanking, writing, ejecting. For \-indev
|
|
|
|
this is ejecting. Be aware that even reading and drive status inquiries can
|
|
|
|
disturb an ongoing burn run on CD\-R[W] and DVD\-R[W].
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2016-03-18 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-scsi_dev_family\fR "default"|"sr"|"scd"|"sg"
|
|
|
|
GNU/Linux specific:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
By default, xorriso tries to map Linux drive addresses to /dev/sr* before
|
|
|
|
they get opened for operating the drive. This coordinates well with
|
|
|
|
other use cases of optical drives, like mount(8). But since year 2010
|
|
|
|
all /dev/sr* share a global lock which allows only one drive to process
|
|
|
|
an SCSI command while all others have to wait for its completion.
|
|
|
|
This yields awful throughput if more than one drive is writing or reading
|
|
|
|
simultaneously.
|
|
|
|
The global lock is not applied to device files /dev/sg* and also not if
|
|
|
|
the xorriso drive address is prepended by "stdio:".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
So for simultaneous burn runs on modern GNU/Linux it is advisable to perform
|
|
|
|
\-scsi_dev_family "sg" before any \-dev, \-indev, or \-outdev. The drive addresses
|
2016-07-02 14:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
may then well be given as /dev/sr* but will nevertheless get used as
|
|
|
|
the matching /dev/sg*.
|
2016-03-18 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If you decide so, consider to put the command into a global startup file like
|
|
|
|
/etc/opt/xorriso/rc.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-grow_blindly\fR "off"|predicted_nwa
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If predicted_nwa is a non\-negative number then perform blind growing rather
|
|
|
|
than modifying if \-indev and \-outdev are set to different drives.
|
|
|
|
"off" or "\-1" switch to modifying, which is the default.
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
predicted_nwa is the block address where the add\-on session of blind
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
growing will finally end up. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure
|
|
|
|
this final position and the presence of the older sessions. Else the
|
|
|
|
overall ISO image will not be mountable or will produce read errors when
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
accessing file content. \fBxorriso\fR will write the session to the address
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
as obtained from examining \-outdev and not necessarily to predicted_nwa.
|
2008-07-05 18:23:46 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-05-26 14:00:54 +00:00
|
|
|
During a run of blind growing, the input drive is given up before output
|
|
|
|
begins. The output drive is given up when writing is done.
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-07-23 10:31:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Influencing the behavior of image loading:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
The following commands should normally be performed before loading an image
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
by acquiring an input drive. In rare cases it is desirable to activate
|
2009-07-23 10:31:07 +00:00
|
|
|
them only after image loading.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-read_speed\fR code|number[k|m|c|d|b]
|
|
|
|
Set the speed for reading. Default is "none", which avoids to send a speed
|
|
|
|
setting command to the drive before reading begins.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Further special speed codes are:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"max" (or "0") selects maximum speed as announced by the drive.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"min" (or "\-1") selects minimum speed as announced by the drive.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Speed can be given in media dependent numbers or as a
|
|
|
|
desired throughput per second in MMC compliant kB (= 1000)
|
2016-02-05 14:57:52 +00:00
|
|
|
or MB (= 1000 kB). Media x\-speed factor can be set explicitly
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
by "c" for CD, "d" for DVD, "b" for BD, "x" is optional.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Example speeds:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
706k = 706kB/s = 4c = 4xCD
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
5540k = 5540kB/s = 4d = 4xDVD
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If there is no hint about the speed unit attached, then the
|
|
|
|
medium in the \-indev will decide. Default unit is CD = 176.4k.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-11-15 12:35:09 +00:00
|
|
|
Depending on the drive, the reported read speeds can be deceivingly low
|
|
|
|
or high. Therefore "min" cannot become higher than 1x speed of the involved
|
|
|
|
medium type. Read speed "max" cannot become lower than 52xCD, 24xDVD,
|
|
|
|
or 20xBD, depending on the medium type.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2020-08-26 14:29:40 +00:00
|
|
|
MMC drives usually activate their own idea of speed and take the speed value
|
|
|
|
given by the burn program only as hint for their own decision. Friendly drives
|
|
|
|
adjust their constant angular velocity so that the desired speed is reached
|
|
|
|
at the outer rim of the medium. But often there is only the choice between
|
|
|
|
very slow and very loud.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Sometimes no speed setting is obeyed at all, but speed is adjusted to the
|
|
|
|
demand frequency of the reading program. So xorriso offers to set an additional
|
|
|
|
software enforced limit by prefix "soft_force:". The program will take care
|
|
|
|
not to read faster than the soft_force speed.
|
|
|
|
This may be combined with setting the drive speed to a higher value.
|
|
|
|
Setting "soft_force:0" disables this feature.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"soft_force:" tries to correct in subsequent waiting periods lost or surplus
|
|
|
|
time of up to 0.25 seconds. This smoothens the overall data stream but also
|
|
|
|
enables short times of higher speed to compensate short times of low speed.
|
|
|
|
Prefix "soft_corr:" sets this hindsight span by giving a number of
|
|
|
|
microseconds. Not more than 1 billion = 1000 seconds.
|
|
|
|
Very short times can cause speed deviations, because systematic inaccuracies of
|
|
|
|
the waiting function cannot be compensated.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Examples (combinable):
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-read_speed 6xBD
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-read_speed soft_force:4xBD \-read_speed soft_corr:100000
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-05-12 08:27:18 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-load\fR entity id
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Load a particular (possibly outdated) ISO session from \-dev or \-indev.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Usually all available sessions are shown with command \-toc.
|
2008-05-12 08:27:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
entity depicts the kind of addressing. id depicts the particular
|
|
|
|
address. The following entities are defined:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"auto" with any id addresses the last session in \-toc. This is the default.
|
2008-05-12 08:27:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"session" with id being a number as of a line "ISO session", column "Idx".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"track" with id being a number as of a line "ISO track", column "Idx".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"lba" or "sbsector" with a number as of a line "ISO ...", column "sbsector".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
"volid" with a search pattern for a text as of a line "ISO ...",
|
|
|
|
column "Volume Id".
|
2008-05-12 08:27:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-02-05 14:57:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Addressing a non\-existing entity or one which does not represent an ISO
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
image will either abandon \-indev or at least lead to a blank image.
|
2008-05-12 08:27:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If an input drive is set at the moment when \-load is executed, then the
|
2008-05-12 08:27:18 +00:00
|
|
|
addressed ISO image is loaded immediately. Else, the setting will be pending
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
until the next \-dev or \-indev. After the image has been loaded once, the
|
|
|
|
setting is valid for \-rollback until next \-dev or \-indev, where it
|
2008-05-12 08:27:18 +00:00
|
|
|
will be reset to "auto".
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-11-30 09:43:32 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-displacement\fR [-]lba
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Compensate a displacement of the image versus the start address
|
2010-11-30 09:43:32 +00:00
|
|
|
for which the image was prepared. This affects only loading of ISO images
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
and reading of their files. The multi\-session method of growing is not allowed
|
|
|
|
as long as \-displacement is non\-zero. I.e. \-indev and \-outdev must be
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
different. The displacement gets reset to 0 before the drive
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
gets re\-acquired after writing.
|
2010-12-06 09:44:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-11-30 09:43:32 +00:00
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If a track of a CD starts at block 123456 and gets copied to a disk file
|
|
|
|
where it begins at block 0, then this copy can be loaded with
|
2018-03-23 17:43:03 +00:00
|
|
|
\-displacement \-123456
|
2010-11-30 09:43:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If an ISO image was written onto a partition with offset of 640000 blocks of
|
2018-03-23 17:43:03 +00:00
|
|
|
512 bytes, then it can be loaded from the base device by
|
|
|
|
\-load sbsector 160000 \-displacement 160000
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
(If the partition start address is not divisible by 4, then you will have
|
|
|
|
to employ a loop device instead.)
|
2010-11-30 09:43:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
In both cases, the ISO sessions should be self contained, i.e. not add\-on
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
sessions to an ISO image outside their track or partition.
|
2010-11-30 09:43:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2015-09-22 15:59:16 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-read_fs\fR "any"|"norock"|"nojoliet"|"ecma119"
|
|
|
|
Specify which kind of filesystem tree to load if present. If the wish cannot
|
|
|
|
be fulfilled, then ECMA\-119 names are loaded and converted according
|
|
|
|
to \-ecma119_map.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"any" first tries to read Rock Ridge. If not present, Joliet is tried.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"norock" does not try Rock Ridge.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"nojoliet" does not try Joliet.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"ecma119" tries neither Rock Ridge nor Joliet.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-12-14 09:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-assert_volid\fR pattern severity
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Refuse to load ISO images with volume IDs which do not match the given
|
2008-12-14 09:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
search pattern. When refusing an image, give up the input drive and issue
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
an event of the given severity (like FAILURE, see \-abort_on). An empty search
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
pattern accepts any image.
|
2008-12-14 09:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
This command does not hamper the creation of an empty image from blank
|
2008-12-14 09:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
input media and does not discard an already loaded image.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-11-03 11:57:57 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-in_charset\fR character_set_name
|
|
|
|
Set the character set from which to convert file names when loading an
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
image. See paragraph "Character sets" for more explanations.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
When loading the written image after \-commit the setting of \-out_charset
|
|
|
|
will be copied to \-in_charset.
|
2008-11-03 11:57:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-03-20 19:33:51 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-auto_charset\fR "on"|"off"
|
2009-03-22 08:59:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable or disable recording and interpretation of the output character
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
set name in an xattr attribute of the image root directory. If enabled and
|
|
|
|
if a recorded character set name is found, then this name will be used as
|
2012-09-21 12:03:32 +00:00
|
|
|
name of the input character set when reading an image.
|
2009-03-20 19:33:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Note that the default output charset is the local character set of the
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
terminal where \fBxorriso\fR runs. Before attributing this local
|
|
|
|
character set
|
2009-03-22 08:59:18 +00:00
|
|
|
to the produced ISO image, check whether the terminal properly displays
|
|
|
|
all intended filenames, especially exotic national characters.
|
2009-03-20 19:33:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-06-27 11:23:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-hardlinks\fR mode[:mode...]
|
2009-05-09 20:17:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable or disable loading and recording of hardlink relations.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
In default mode "off", iso_rr files lose their inode numbers at image load
|
|
|
|
time. Each iso_rr file object which has no inode number at image generation
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
time will get a new unique inode number if \-compliance is set to new_rr.
|
2009-05-09 20:17:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "on" preserves inode numbers from the loaded image if such numbers
|
|
|
|
were recorded.
|
2009-05-09 20:17:35 +00:00
|
|
|
When committing a session it searches for families of iso_rr files
|
2009-06-15 12:15:12 +00:00
|
|
|
which stem from the same disk file, have identical content filtering and have
|
2009-05-09 20:17:35 +00:00
|
|
|
identical properties. The family members all get the same inode number.
|
2009-05-26 14:00:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Whether these numbers are respected at mount time depends on the operating
|
|
|
|
system.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-05-07 20:02:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Command \-lsl displays hardlink counts if "lsl_count" is enabled. This can
|
|
|
|
slow down the command substantially after changes to the ISO image have
|
|
|
|
been made. Therefore the default is "no_lsl_count".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Commands \-update and \-update_r track splits and fusions of hard links in
|
2009-06-23 16:49:48 +00:00
|
|
|
filesystems which have stable device and inode numbers. This can cause
|
|
|
|
automatic last minute changes before the session gets written. Command
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-hardlinks "perform_update" may be used to do these changes earlier,
|
2009-08-03 10:20:03 +00:00
|
|
|
e.g. if you need to apply filters to all updated files.
|
2009-06-23 16:49:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-06-15 12:15:12 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "without_update" avoids hardlink processing during update commands.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Use this if your filesystem situation does not allow \-disk_dev_ino "on".
|
2009-06-15 12:15:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR commands which extract files from an ISO image try to
|
|
|
|
hardlink files
|
2009-06-27 11:23:59 +00:00
|
|
|
with identical inode number. The normal scope of this operation is from
|
|
|
|
image load to image load. One may give up the accumulated hard link addresses
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
by \-hardlinks "discard_extract".
|
2009-06-22 11:28:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
A large number of hardlink families may exhaust \-temp_mem_limit
|
|
|
|
if not \-osirrox "sort_lba_on" and \-hardlinks "cheap_sorted_extract"
|
2009-06-27 11:23:59 +00:00
|
|
|
are both in effect. This restricts hard linking to other files restored by
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
the same single extract command. \-hardlinks "normal_extract" re\-enables
|
2009-06-27 11:23:59 +00:00
|
|
|
wide and expensive hardlink accumulation.
|
2009-05-09 20:17:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-02-19 11:48:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-01-22 15:22:57 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-acl\fR "on"|"off"
|
|
|
|
Enable or disable processing of ACLs.
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
If enabled, then \fBxorriso\fR will obtain ACLs from disk file objects,
|
2009-01-22 15:22:57 +00:00
|
|
|
store ACLs in the ISO image using the libisofs specific AAIP format,
|
2009-02-16 08:26:53 +00:00
|
|
|
load AAIP data from ISO images, test ACL during file comparison,
|
|
|
|
and restore ACLs to disk files when extracting them from ISO images.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
See also commands \-getfacl, \-setfacl.
|
2009-02-02 13:44:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2017-10-23 10:08:16 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-xattr\fR "on"|"user"|"any"|"off"
|
|
|
|
Enable or disable processing of xattr attributes.
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
If enabled, then \fBxorriso\fR will handle xattr similar to ACL.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
See also commands \-getfattr, \-setfattr and above paragraph about xattr.
|
2017-10-23 10:08:16 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Modes "on" and "user" read and write only attributes from namespace "user".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2018-09-24 10:13:38 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "any" processes attributes of all namespaces. This might need
|
|
|
|
administrator privileges, even if the owner of the disk file tries to read or
|
|
|
|
write the attributes.
|
2017-10-23 10:08:16 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2023-01-10 18:03:10 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that it is not possible to set xattr of namespace "isofs." by xorriso
|
|
|
|
xattr manipulation commands.
|
2009-01-22 15:22:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2011-03-09 12:48:21 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-md5\fR "on"|"all"|"off"|"load_check_off"
|
2009-08-18 19:09:15 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable or disable processing of MD5 checksums for the overall session and for
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
each single data file. If enabled then images with checksum tags get loaded
|
|
|
|
only if the tags of superblock and directory tree match properly. The MD5
|
2009-08-18 19:09:15 +00:00
|
|
|
checksums of data files and whole session get loaded from the image if there
|
|
|
|
are any.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
With commands \-compare and \-update the recorded MD5 of a file
|
2009-08-20 20:42:14 +00:00
|
|
|
will be used to avoid content reading from the image. Only the disk file
|
|
|
|
content will be read and compared with that MD5. This can save much time
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if \-disk_dev_ino "on" is not suitable.
|
2009-08-20 20:42:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2020-01-02 17:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Commands which copy whole data files from ISO to hard disk will verify the
|
|
|
|
copied data stream by the recorded MD5, if \-osirrox "check_md5_on" is set.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-08-18 19:09:15 +00:00
|
|
|
At image generation time they are computed for each file which gets its data
|
|
|
|
written into the new session. The checksums of files which have their data
|
|
|
|
in older sessions get copied into the new session. Superblock, tree and whole
|
|
|
|
session get a checksum tag each.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-08-19 18:07:44 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "all" will additionally check during image generation whether the checksum
|
|
|
|
of a data file changed between the time when its reading began and the time
|
|
|
|
when it ended. This implies reading every file twice.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-03-09 12:48:21 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "load_check_off" together with "on" or "all" will load recorded MD5 sums
|
|
|
|
but not test the recorded checksum tags of superblock and directory tree.
|
|
|
|
This is necessary if growisofs was used as burn program, because it does
|
|
|
|
not overwrite the superblock checksum tag of the first session.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Therefore load_check_off is in effect when \fBxorriso\fR \-as mkisofs
|
|
|
|
option \-M is performed.
|
2011-03-09 12:48:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The test can be re\-enabled by mode "load_check_on".
|
2011-03-09 12:48:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Checksums can be exploited via commands \-check_md5, \-check_md5_r, via find
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
actions get_md5, check_md5, and via \-check_media.
|
2009-08-18 19:09:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-05-29 11:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-for_backup\fR
|
|
|
|
Enable all extra features which help to produce or to restore backups with
|
2017-10-23 10:08:16 +00:00
|
|
|
highest fidelity of file properties. Currently this is a shortcut for:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-hardlinks on \-acl on \-xattr any \-md5 on
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If you restore a backup with xattr from non\-user namespaces, then make sure
|
|
|
|
that the target operating system and filesystem know what these attributes
|
|
|
|
mean. Possibly you will need administrator privileges to record or restore
|
|
|
|
such attributes. At recording time, xorriso will try to tolerate missing
|
|
|
|
privileges and just record what is readable.
|
|
|
|
But at restore time, missing privileges will cause failure events.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Command \-xattr "user" after command \-for_backup excludes non\-user attributes
|
|
|
|
from being recorded or restored.
|
2009-05-29 11:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2015-08-17 20:08:42 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-ecma119_map\fR "stripped"|"unmapped"|"lowercase"|"uppercase"
|
2020-11-22 13:51:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Choose the conversion of file names when a session gets loaded, if they stem
|
|
|
|
neither from a Rock Ridge name nor from a Joliet name.
|
2015-08-17 20:08:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "stripped" is the default. It shows the names as found in the ISO but
|
|
|
|
removes trailing ";1" or ".;1" if present.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "unmapped" shows names as found without removing characters.
|
2020-11-22 13:51:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Warning: Multi\-session converts "xyz;1" to "xyz_1" and maybe adds new ";1".
|
2015-08-17 20:08:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "lowercase" is like "stripped" but also maps uppercase letters to
|
|
|
|
lowercase letters. This is compatible to default GNU/Linux mount behavior.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "uppercase" is like "stripped" but maps lowercase letters to uppercase,
|
|
|
|
if any occur despite the prescriptions of ECMA\-119.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2020-11-22 13:51:26 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-joliet_map\fR "stripped"|"unmapped"
|
|
|
|
Choose the conversion of file names when a session gets loaded from a Joliet
|
|
|
|
tree.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "stripped" is the default. It removes trailing ";1" or ".;1" if present.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "unmapped" shows names as found without removing characters.
|
|
|
|
Warning: Multi\-session converts "xyz;1" to "xyz_1" and maybe adds new ";1".
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2019-04-18 09:28:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-iso_nowtime\fR "dynamic"|timestring
|
|
|
|
Choose whether to use the current time ("dynamic") or a fixed time point
|
|
|
|
for timestamps of ISO 9660 nodes without a disk source file and as default
|
|
|
|
for superblock timestamps.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If a timestring is given, then it is used for such timestamps. For the formats
|
2019-09-08 10:30:52 +00:00
|
|
|
of timestrings see command \fB\-alter_date\fR.
|
2019-04-18 09:28:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-02-25 14:40:47 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-disk_dev_ino\fR "on"|"ino_only"|"off"
|
2009-02-17 18:42:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable or disable processing of recorded file identification numbers
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
(dev_t and ino_t). If enabled they are stored as xattr and can
|
|
|
|
substantially accelerate file comparison. The root node gets a global start
|
2009-05-26 14:00:54 +00:00
|
|
|
timestamp. If during comparison a file with younger timestamps is found in the
|
|
|
|
ISO image, then it is suspected to have inconsistent content.
|
2009-02-17 18:42:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If device numbers and inode numbers of the disk filesystems are persistent
|
|
|
|
and if no irregular alterations of timestamps or system clock happen,
|
|
|
|
then potential content changes can be detected without reading that content.
|
|
|
|
File content change is assumed if any of mtime, ctime, device number or inode
|
|
|
|
number have changed.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-02-25 14:40:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "ino_only" replaces the precondition that device numbers are stable by the
|
|
|
|
precondition that mount points in the compared tree always lead to the
|
|
|
|
same filesystems. Use this if mode "on" always sees all files changed.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-02-17 18:42:41 +00:00
|
|
|
The speed advantage appears only if the loaded session was produced with
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-disk_dev_ino "on" too.
|
2009-08-20 20:42:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that \-disk_dev_ino "off" is totally in effect only if \-hardlinks is "off",
|
2009-08-20 20:42:14 +00:00
|
|
|
too.
|
2009-02-17 18:42:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2015-09-25 17:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-file_name_limit\fR [+]number
|
2015-09-17 12:12:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the maximum permissible length for file names in the range of 64 to 255.
|
|
|
|
Path components which are longer than the given number will get truncated
|
|
|
|
and have their last 33 bytes overwritten by a colon ':' and the
|
|
|
|
hex representation of the MD5 of the first 4095 bytes of the whole
|
|
|
|
oversized name. Potential incomplete UTF\-8 characters will get their
|
|
|
|
leading bytes replaced by '_'.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
iso_rr_paths with the long components will still be able to access the
|
2015-09-28 14:17:34 +00:00
|
|
|
file paths with truncated components.
|
2015-09-17 12:12:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-09-28 14:17:34 +00:00
|
|
|
If \-file_name_limit is executed while an ISO tree is present, the file names
|
|
|
|
in the ISO tree get checked for existing truncated file names of the current
|
|
|
|
limit and for name collisions between newly truncated files and existing files.
|
|
|
|
In both cases, the setting will be refused with a SORRY event.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
One may lift this ban by prepending the character "+" to the argument
|
|
|
|
of \-file_name_limit. Truncated filenames may then get truncated again,
|
|
|
|
invalidating their MD5 part. Colliding truncated names are made unique,
|
|
|
|
consuming at least 9 more bytes of the remaining name part.
|
2015-09-25 17:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If writing of xattr is enabled, then the length will be stored in "isofs.nt"
|
|
|
|
of the root directory.
|
|
|
|
If reading of xattr is enabled and "isofs.nt" is found, then the found length
|
|
|
|
will get into effect if it is smaller than the current setting
|
|
|
|
of \-file_name_limit.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-09-17 12:12:41 +00:00
|
|
|
File name patterns will only work if they match the truncated name.
|
|
|
|
This might change in future.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-09-25 17:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Files with truncated names get deleted and re\-added unconditionally
|
|
|
|
during \-update and \-update_r. This might change in future.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-09-17 12:12:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Linux kernels up to at least 4.1 misrepresent names of length 254 and 255.
|
|
|
|
If you expect such names in or under disk_paths and plan to mount the ISO
|
|
|
|
by such Linux kernels, consider to set \-file_name_limit 253.
|
|
|
|
Else just avoid names longer than 253 characters.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-08-15 06:45:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-rom_toc_scan\fR "on"|"force"|"off"[:"emul_off"][:"emul_wide"]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Read\-only drives do not tell the actual media type but show any media as
|
|
|
|
ROM (e.g. as DVD\-ROM). The session history of MMC multi\-session media might
|
2008-05-08 14:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
be truncated to first and last session or even be completely false.
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
(The emulated history of overwritable media is not affected by this.)
|
2008-05-08 14:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
To have in case of failure a chance of getting the session history and
|
|
|
|
especially the address of the last session, there is a scan for ISO 9660
|
|
|
|
filesystem headers which might help but also might yield worse results
|
|
|
|
than the drive's table of content. At its end it can cause read attempts
|
|
|
|
to invalid addresses and thus ugly drive behavior.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting "on" enables that scan for alleged read\-only media.
|
2008-05-08 14:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-10-07 08:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
Some operating systems are not able to mount the most recent session of
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
multi\-session DVD or BD. If on such a system \fBxorriso\fR has no own MMC
|
2009-10-07 08:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
capabilities then it may still find that session from a scanned table of
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
content. Setting "force" handles any media like a ROM medium with setting "on".
|
2009-10-07 08:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
On the other hand the emulation of session history on overwritable media
|
2008-10-08 13:59:37 +00:00
|
|
|
can hamper reading of partly damaged media. Setting "off:emul_off" disables
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
the elsewise trustworthy table\-of\-content scan for those media.
|
2008-10-05 07:55:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
The table\-of\-content scan on overwritable media normally searches only up to
|
2012-08-14 10:32:35 +00:00
|
|
|
the end of the session that is pointed to by the superblock at block 0.
|
|
|
|
Setting "on:emul_wide" lets the scan continue up to the end of the medium.
|
|
|
|
This may be useful after copying a medium with \-check_media patch_lba0=on
|
|
|
|
when not the last session was loaded.
|
2008-05-08 14:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-11-12 20:44:09 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-calm_drive\fR "in"|"out"|"all"|"revoke"|"on"|"off"
|
2009-08-24 18:36:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Reduce drive noise until it is actually used again. Some drives stay alert
|
|
|
|
for substantial time after they have been used for reading. This reduces
|
|
|
|
the startup time for the next drive operation but can be loud and waste
|
|
|
|
energy if no i/o with the drive is expected to happen soon.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Modes "in", "out", "all" immediately calm down \-indev, \-outdev, or both,
|
|
|
|
respectively.
|
2009-11-12 20:44:09 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "revoke" immediately alerts both.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "on" causes \-calm_drive to be performed automatically after each \-dev,
|
|
|
|
\-indev, and \-outdev. Mode "off" disables this.
|
2009-08-24 18:36:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-ban_stdio_write\fR
|
2007-12-05 14:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
Allow for writing only the usage of MMC optical drives. Disallow
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
to write the result into files of nearly arbitrary type.
|
|
|
|
Once set, this command cannot be revoked.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2011-03-21 16:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-early_stdio_test\fR "on"|"appendable_wo"|"off"
|
2011-03-21 09:37:02 +00:00
|
|
|
If enabled by "on" then regular files and block devices get tested for
|
|
|
|
effective access permissions. This implies to try opening those files for
|
|
|
|
writing, which otherwise will happen only later and only if actual
|
|
|
|
writing is desired.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
The test result is used for classifying the pseudo drives as overwritable,
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
read\-only, write\-only, or uselessly empty. This may lead to earlier detection
|
2011-03-21 09:37:02 +00:00
|
|
|
of severe problems, and may avoid some less severe error events.
|
2011-03-21 16:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "appendable_wo" is like "on" with the additional property that
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
non\-empty write\-only files are regarded as appendable rather than blank.
|
2011-03-21 09:37:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-03-11 16:41:10 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-data_cache_size\fR number_of_tiles blocks_per_tile
|
|
|
|
Set the size and granularity of the data cache which is used when ISO images
|
|
|
|
are loaded and when file content is read from ISO images. The cache consists
|
|
|
|
of several tiles, which each consists of several blocks. A larger cache
|
|
|
|
reduces the need for tiles being read multiple times. Larger tiles might
|
|
|
|
additionally improve the data throughput from the drive, but can be
|
|
|
|
wasteful if the data are scattered over the medium.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Larger cache sizes help best with image loading from MMC drives. They are an
|
|
|
|
inferior alternative to \-osirrox option "sort_lba_on".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
blocks_per_tile must be a power of 2. E.g. 16, 32, or 64. The overall cache
|
|
|
|
size must not exceed 1 GiB.
|
|
|
|
The default values can be restored by parameter "default" instead of one or
|
|
|
|
both of the numbers.
|
|
|
|
Currently the default is 32 tiles of 32 blocks = 2 MiB.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Inserting files into ISO image:
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
The following commands expect file addresses of two kinds:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBdisk_path\fR
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
is a path to an object in the local filesystem tree.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBiso_rr_path\fR
|
2012-05-22 12:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
is the Rock Ridge name of a file object in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
If no Rock Ridge information is recorded in the loaded ISO image, then you
|
|
|
|
will see ISO 9660 names which are of limited length and character set.
|
|
|
|
If no Rock Ridge information shall be stored in an emerging ISO image, then
|
2013-12-29 12:02:10 +00:00
|
|
|
their names will get mapped to such restricted ISO 9660 (aka ECMA\-119) names.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Note that in the ISO image you are as powerful as the superuser. Access
|
|
|
|
permissions of the existing files in the image do not apply to your write
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
operations. They are intended to be in effect with the read\-only mounted image.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2007-11-07 12:37:19 +00:00
|
|
|
If the iso_rr_path of a newly inserted file leads to an existing
|
2007-12-04 21:02:17 +00:00
|
|
|
file object in the ISO image, then the following collision handling
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
happens:
|
2007-11-06 16:32:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
If both objects are directories then they get merged by recursively inserting
|
|
|
|
the subobjects from filesystem into ISO image.
|
2007-12-04 21:02:17 +00:00
|
|
|
If other file types collide then the setting of command
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-overwrite\fR
|
2007-12-04 21:02:17 +00:00
|
|
|
decides.
|
2007-11-07 12:37:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Renaming of files has similar collision handling, but directories can only
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
be replaced, not merged. Note that if the target directory exists, then \-mv
|
|
|
|
inserts the source objects into this directory rather than attempting
|
2013-03-13 19:59:18 +00:00
|
|
|
to replace it. Command \-move, on the other hand, would attempt to replace it.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The commands in this section alter the ISO image and not the local filesystem.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-04 07:44:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-disk_pattern\fR "on"|"ls"|"off"
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the pattern expansion mode for the disk_path parameters of several
|
2007-12-04 07:44:59 +00:00
|
|
|
commands which support this feature.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Setting "off" disables this feature for all commands which are marked in this
|
|
|
|
man page by "disk_path [***]" or "disk_pattern [***]".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Setting "on" enables it for all those commands.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Setting "ls" enables it only for those which are marked by
|
|
|
|
"disk_pattern [***]".
|
2008-01-19 13:49:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Default is "ls".
|
2007-12-04 07:44:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-add\fR pathspec [...] | disk_path [***]
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Insert the given files or directory trees from filesystem
|
|
|
|
into the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-12-09 13:28:06 +00:00
|
|
|
If \-pathspecs is set to "on" or "as_mkisofs" then pattern expansion is always
|
|
|
|
disabled and character '=' has a special meaning. It separates the ISO image
|
|
|
|
path from the disk path:
|
2007-12-04 21:02:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
iso_rr_path=disk_path
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-12-09 13:28:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Character '=' in the iso_rr_path must be escaped by '\\' (i.e. as "\\=").
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
With \-pathspecs "on", the character '\\' must not be escaped. The character '='
|
|
|
|
in the disk_path must not be escaped.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
With \-pathspecs "as_mkisofs", all characters '\\' must be escaped in both,
|
|
|
|
iso_rr_path and disk_path. The character '=' may or may not be escaped
|
|
|
|
in the disk_path.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If iso_rr_path does not begin with '/' then \-cd is prepended.
|
|
|
|
If disk_path does not begin with '/' then \-cdx is prepended.
|
2007-12-04 07:44:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If no '=' is given then the word is used as both, iso_rr_path and disk path.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If in this case the word does not begin with '/' then \-cdx is prepended to
|
|
|
|
the disk_path and \-cd is prepended to the iso_rr_path.
|
2007-12-04 07:44:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
If \-pathspecs is set to "off" then \-disk_pattern expansion applies, if enabled.
|
|
|
|
The resulting words are used as both, iso_rr_path and disk path. Relative
|
|
|
|
path words get prepended the setting of \-cdx to disk_path and the setting
|
|
|
|
of \-cd to iso_rr_path.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-01-20 20:03:48 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-add_plainly\fR mode
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to mode "unknown" then any command word that does not begin with "\-" and
|
|
|
|
is not recognized as known command will be subject to a virtual \-add command.
|
2008-01-20 20:03:48 +00:00
|
|
|
I.e. it will be used as pathspec or as disk_path and added to the image.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
If enabled, \-disk_pattern expansion applies to disk_paths.
|
2008-01-20 20:03:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "dashed" is similar to "unknown" but also adds unrecognized command
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
words even if they begin with "\-".
|
2008-01-20 20:03:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "any" announces that all further words are to be added as pathspecs
|
|
|
|
or disk_paths. This does not work in dialog mode.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "none" is the default. It prevents any words from being understood
|
|
|
|
as files to add, if they are not parameters to appropriate commands.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-15 18:31:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-path_list\fR disk_path
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-add but read the parameter words from file disk_path
|
|
|
|
or standard input if disk_path is "\-".
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
The list must contain exactly one pathspec or disk_path pattern per line.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-10-15 18:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-quoted_path_list\fR disk_path
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-path_list but with quoted input reading rules. Lines get split into
|
|
|
|
parameter words for \-add. Whitespace outside quotes is discarded.
|
2008-10-15 18:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-05-15 15:00:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-map\fR disk_path iso_rr_path
|
|
|
|
Insert file object disk_path into the ISO image as iso_rr_path. If disk_path
|
|
|
|
is a directory then its whole sub tree is inserted into the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-map_single\fR disk_path iso_rr_path
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-map, but if disk_path is a directory then its sub tree is not inserted.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-06-17 12:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-map_l\fR disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Perform \-map with each of the disk_path parameters. iso_rr_path will be
|
2008-06-17 12:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
composed from disk_path by replacing disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-03-06 17:48:02 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-update\fR disk_path iso_rr_path
|
|
|
|
Compare file object disk_path with file object iso_rr_path. If they do not
|
|
|
|
match, then perform the necessary image manipulations to make iso_rr_path
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
a matching copy of disk_path. By default this comparison will imply lengthy
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
content reading before a decision is made. Commands \-disk_dev_ino or \-md5 may
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
accelerate comparison if they were already in effect when the loaded session
|
|
|
|
was recorded.
|
2008-05-15 15:00:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If disk_path is a directory and iso_rr_path does not exist yet, then the
|
|
|
|
whole subtree will be inserted. Else only directory attributes will be
|
|
|
|
updated.
|
2008-03-06 17:48:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-update_r\fR disk_path iso_rr_path
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-update but working recursively. I.e. all file objects below both
|
2008-03-06 17:48:02 +00:00
|
|
|
addresses get compared whether they have counterparts below the other address
|
|
|
|
and whether both counterparts match. If there is a mismatch then the necessary
|
|
|
|
update manipulation is done.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that the comparison result may depend on command \-follow. Its setting
|
2008-03-06 17:48:02 +00:00
|
|
|
should always be the same as with the first adding of disk_path as iso_rr_path.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If iso_rr_path does not exist yet, then it gets added. If disk_path does not
|
|
|
|
exist, then iso_rr_path gets deleted.
|
2008-06-17 12:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-update_l\fR disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Perform \-update_r with each of the disk_path parameters. iso_rr_path will be
|
2008-06-17 12:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
composed from disk_path by replacing disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix.
|
2008-03-06 17:48:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2016-12-14 09:18:14 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-update_li\fR iso_rr_prefix disk_prefix iso_rr_path [***]
|
|
|
|
Perform \-update_r with each of the iso_rr_path parameters. disk_path will be
|
|
|
|
composed from iso_rr_path by replacing iso_rr_prefix by disk_prefix.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2016-12-05 13:35:04 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-update_lxi\fR disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
|
|
|
|
Perform \-update_r with each of the disk_path parameters and with iso_rr_paths
|
|
|
|
in the ISO filesystem which are derived from the disk_path parameters after
|
|
|
|
exchanging disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix. So, other than \-update_l, this detects
|
|
|
|
missing matches of disk_path and deletes the corresponding iso_rr_path.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Note that relative disk_paths and disk_path patterns are interpreted as
|
|
|
|
sub paths of the current disk working directory \-cdx. The corresponding
|
|
|
|
iso_rr_paths are derived by exchanging disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix before
|
|
|
|
pattern expansion happens. The current \-cdi directory has no influence.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-03-09 14:22:14 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-cut_out\fR disk_path byte_offset byte_count iso_rr_path
|
2022-04-26 10:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Map a byte interval of a regular disk file or of a device file into a regular
|
|
|
|
file in the ISO image. The file depicted by disk_path has to support random
|
|
|
|
read access.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Cutting out a byte interval may be necessary if the disk file is larger than
|
|
|
|
a single medium, or if it exceeds the traditional limit of 2 GiB \- 1 for old
|
|
|
|
operating systems, or the limit of 4 GiB \- 1 for newer ones. Contemporary
|
|
|
|
Linux kernels are able to read properly files >= 4 GiB \- 1.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
A clumsy remedy for such limits is to backup file pieces and to concatenate
|
2008-03-09 14:22:14 +00:00
|
|
|
them at restore time. A well tested chopping size is 2047m.
|
|
|
|
It is permissible to request a higher byte_count than available. The
|
|
|
|
resulting file will be truncated to the correct size of a final piece.
|
|
|
|
To request a byte_offset higher than available yields no file in
|
|
|
|
the ISO image but a SORRY event.
|
|
|
|
E.g:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-cut_out /my/disk/file 0 2047m \\
|
2008-03-11 13:09:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/file/part_1_of_3_at_0_with_2047m_of_5753194821 \\
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-cut_out /my/disk/file 2047m 2047m \\
|
2008-03-11 13:09:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/file/part_2_of_3_at_2047m_with_2047m_of_5753194821 \\
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-cut_out /my/disk/file 4094m 2047m \\
|
2008-03-11 13:09:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/file/part_3_of_3_at_4094m_with_2047m_of_5753194821
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2022-06-02 14:10:21 +00:00
|
|
|
If the directory /file does no yet exist, then its permissions are not taken
|
|
|
|
from directory /my/disk but rather from /my/disk/file with additional
|
|
|
|
x\-permission for those who have r\-permission.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
While command \-split_size is set larger than 0, and if all pieces of a file
|
2009-09-28 17:32:27 +00:00
|
|
|
reside in the same ISO directory with no other files, and if the names look
|
|
|
|
like above, then their ISO directory will be recognized and handled like a
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
regular file. This affects commands \-compare*, \-update*, and overwrite
|
2009-09-28 17:32:27 +00:00
|
|
|
situations.
|
2022-04-26 10:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
See command \-split_size for details.
|
2022-04-26 10:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Another use case is copying the content of a device file as interval or as
|
|
|
|
a whole into the emerging ISO filesystem. The fact that the byte_count is
|
|
|
|
allowed to be unreasonably high enables copying of a whole device:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-cut_out /dev/sdd3 0 1000g /content_of_sdd3
|
2008-03-09 14:22:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-05-15 15:00:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-cpr\fR disk_path [***] iso_rr_path
|
|
|
|
Insert the given files or directory trees from filesystem
|
|
|
|
into the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The rules for generating the ISO addresses are similar as with
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
shell command cp \-r. Nevertheless, directories of the iso_rr_path
|
2008-05-15 15:00:39 +00:00
|
|
|
are created if necessary. Especially a not yet existing iso_rr_path
|
|
|
|
will be handled as directory if multiple disk_paths are present.
|
|
|
|
The leafnames of the multiple disk_paths will be grafted under that
|
|
|
|
directory as would be done with an existing directory.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If a single disk_path is present then a non\-existing iso_rr_path will
|
2008-05-15 15:00:39 +00:00
|
|
|
get the same type as the disk_path.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If a disk_path does not begin with '/' then \-cdx is prepended.
|
|
|
|
If the iso_rr_path does not begin with '/' then \-cd is prepended.
|
2008-05-15 15:00:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-mkdir\fR iso_rr_path [...]
|
|
|
|
Create empty directories if they do not exist yet.
|
|
|
|
Existence as directory generates a WARNING event, existence as
|
|
|
|
other file causes a FAILURE event.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-10-19 08:19:02 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-lns\fR target_text iso_rr_path
|
|
|
|
Create a symbolic link with address iso_rr_path which points to target_text.
|
|
|
|
iso_rr_path may not exist yet.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Hint: Command \-clone produces the ISO equivalent of a hard link.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2011-02-01 18:58:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-clone\fR iso_rr_path_original iso_rr_path_copy
|
|
|
|
Create a copy of the ISO file object iso_rr_path_original with the new
|
|
|
|
address iso_rr_path_copy. If the original is a directory then copy all
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
files and directories underneath. If iso_rr_path_original is a boot catalog
|
|
|
|
file, then it gets not copied but is silently ignored.
|
2011-02-01 18:58:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The copied ISO file objects have the same attributes. Copied data files
|
|
|
|
refer to the same content source as their originals.
|
|
|
|
The copies may then be manipulated independendly of their originals.
|
2011-02-02 17:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
This command will refuse execution if the address iso_rr_path_copy
|
|
|
|
already exists in the ISO tree.
|
2011-02-01 18:58:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2011-02-04 19:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-cp_clone\fR iso_rr_path_original [***] iso_rr_path_dest
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Create copies of one or more ISO file objects as with command \-clone.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
In case of collision merge directories with existing ones, but do not overwrite
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
existing ISO file objects.
|
2011-02-04 19:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The rules for generating the copy addresses are the same as with
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
command \-cpr (see above) or shell command cp \-r. Other than with \-cpr,
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
relative iso_rr_path_original will get prepended the \-cd path and not
|
|
|
|
the \-cdx path. Consider to \-mkdir iso_rr_path_dest before \-cp_clone
|
2011-02-04 19:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
so the copy address does not depend on the number of iso_rr_path_original
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
parameters.
|
2011-02-04 19:19:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Settings for file insertion:
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-file_size_limit\fR value [value [...]] --
|
|
|
|
Set the maximum permissible size for a single data file. The values get
|
|
|
|
summed up for the actual limit. If the only value is "off" then the file
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
size is not limited by \fBxorriso\fR.
|
|
|
|
Default is a limit of 100 extents, 4g \-2k each:
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-file_size_limit 400g \-200k \-\-
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
When mounting ISO 9660 filesystems, old operating systems can handle only files
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
up to 2g \-1 \-\-. Newer ones are good up to 4g \-1 \-\-.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
You need quite a new Linux kernel to read correctly the final bytes
|
|
|
|
of a file >= 4g if its size is not aligned to 2048 byte blocks.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR's own data read capabilities are not affected by
|
|
|
|
operating system size limits. Such limits apply to mounting only. Nevertheless,
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
the target filesystem of an \-extract must be able to take the file size.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-not_mgt\fR code[:code[...]]
|
|
|
|
Control the behavior of the exclusion lists.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2021-09-13 15:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
Exclusion processing happens before disk_paths get mapped to the ISO image,
|
|
|
|
before disk files get compared with image files, and before image files get
|
|
|
|
extracted to disk files.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The absolute disk paths involved in such an action are matched against the
|
|
|
|
\-not_paths list.
|
|
|
|
The leafnames of disk paths are matched against the patterns in the \-not_leaf
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
list. If a match is detected then the disk path will not be regarded as an
|
|
|
|
existing file and not be added to the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Several codes are defined.
|
|
|
|
The _on/_off settings persist until they are revoked by their_off/_on
|
|
|
|
counterparts.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"erase" empties the lists which were accumulated by \-not_paths and \-not_leaf.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"reset" is like "erase" but also re\-installs default behavior.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"off" disables exclusion processing temporarily without invalidating
|
|
|
|
the lists and settings.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"on" re\-enables exclusion processing.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"param_off" applies exclusion processing only to paths below disk_path
|
|
|
|
parameter of commands. I.e. explicitly given disk_paths are exempted
|
|
|
|
from exclusion processing.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"param_on" applies exclusion processing to command parameters as well as
|
|
|
|
to files below such parameters.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"subtree_off" with "param_on" excludes parameter paths only if they
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
match a \-not_paths item exactly.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"subtree_on" additionally excludes parameter paths which lead to a file
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
address below any \-not_paths item.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"ignore_off" treats excluded disk files as if they were missing. I.e. they
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
get reported with \-compare and deleted from the image with \-update.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"ignore_on" keeps excluded files out of \-compare or \-update activities.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-not_paths\fR disk_path [***]
|
|
|
|
Add the given paths to the list of excluded absolute disk paths. If a given
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
path is relative, then the current \-cdx is prepended to form an absolute path.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Pattern matching, if enabled, happens at definition time and not when exclusion
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
checks are made.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2021-09-13 15:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
Keep in mind that there may be alternative paths to the same disk file. The
|
|
|
|
exclusion tests are done literally, so that they do not keep files from getting
|
|
|
|
into the ISO filesystem by other paths. Accordingly an exclusion does not
|
|
|
|
prevent a disk file from being overwritten by file extraction via an
|
|
|
|
alternative not excluded path. So the exlusions need to be coordinated with
|
|
|
|
the actual disk_path parameters given with commands.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
(Do not forget to end the list of disk_paths by "\-\-")
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-not_leaf\fR pattern
|
|
|
|
Add a single shell parser style pattern to the list of exclusions for
|
|
|
|
disk leafnames. These patterns are evaluated when the exclusion checks are
|
|
|
|
made.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-not_list\fR disk_path
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Read lines from disk_path and use each of them either as \-not_paths parameter,
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if they contain a / character, or as \-not_leaf pattern.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-quoted_not_list\fR disk_path
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-not_list but with quoted input reading rules. Each word is
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
handled as one parameter for \-not_paths or \-not_leaf.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-follow\fR occasion[:occasion[...]]
|
|
|
|
Enable or disable resolution of symbolic links and mountpoints under
|
2014-04-21 16:56:44 +00:00
|
|
|
disk_paths. This applies to actions \-add, \-du*x, \-ls*x, \-findx, \-concat,
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
and to \-disk_pattern expansion.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-21 16:56:44 +00:00
|
|
|
There are three kinds of follow decisison to be made:
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-21 16:56:44 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBlink\fR is the hop from a symbolic link to its target file object for the
|
|
|
|
purpose of reading. I.e. not for command \-concat.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
If enabled then symbolic links are handled as their target file objects,
|
|
|
|
else symbolic links are handled as themselves.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-21 16:56:44 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBmount\fR is the hop from one filesystem to another subordinate filesystem.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
If enabled then mountpoint directories are handled as any other directory,
|
|
|
|
else mountpoints are handled as empty directories if they are encountered in
|
|
|
|
directory tree traversals.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-21 16:56:44 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBconcat\fR is the hop from a symbolic link to its target file object for
|
|
|
|
the purpose of writing. I.e. for command \-concat. This is a security risk !
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Less general than above occasions:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-21 16:56:44 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBpattern\fR is mount and link hopping, but only during \-disk_pattern
|
|
|
|
expansion.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-21 16:56:44 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBparam\fR is link hopping for parameter words (after eventual pattern
|
|
|
|
expansion).
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If enabled then \-ls*x will show the link targets rather than the links
|
|
|
|
themselves. \-du*x, \-findx, and \-add will process the link targets but not
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
follow links in an eventual directory tree below the targets (unless "link"
|
|
|
|
is enabled).
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Occasions can be combined in a colon separated list. All occasions
|
|
|
|
mentioned in the list will then lead to a positive follow decision.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-21 16:56:44 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBoff\fR prevents any positive follow decision. Use it if no other occasion
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
applies.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Shortcuts:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-21 16:56:44 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBdefault\fR is equivalent to "pattern:mount:limit=100".
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-21 16:56:44 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBon\fR always decides positive. Equivalent to "link:mount:concat".
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not an occasion but an optional setting is:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-21 16:56:44 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBlimit=\fR<number> which sets the maximum number of link hops.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
A link hop consists of a sequence of symbolic links and a final target
|
|
|
|
of different type. Nevertheless those hops can loop. Example:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ ln \-s .. uploop
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Link hopping has a built\-in loop detection which stops hopping at the first
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
repetition of a link target. Then the repeated link is handled as itself
|
|
|
|
and not as its target.
|
|
|
|
Regrettably one can construct link networks which
|
|
|
|
cause exponential workload before their loops get detected.
|
|
|
|
The number given with "limit=" can curb this workload at the risk of truncating
|
|
|
|
an intentional sequence of link hops.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2015-12-09 13:28:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-pathspecs\fR "on"|"off"|"as_mkisofs"
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Control parameter interpretation with \fBxorriso\fR
|
|
|
|
actions \-add and \-path_list.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-12-09 13:28:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "as_mkisofs" enables pathspecs of the form
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBiso_rr_path=disk_path\fR
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
like with program mkisofs \-graft\-points.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-12-09 13:28:06 +00:00
|
|
|
All characters '\\' must be escaped in both, iso_rr_path and disk_path.
|
|
|
|
The character '=' must be escaped in the iso_rr_path and
|
|
|
|
may or may not be escaped in the disk_path.
|
|
|
|
This mode temporarily disables \-disk_pattern expansion for command \-add.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "on" does nearly the same. But '=' must only be escaped in the iso_rr_path
|
|
|
|
and '\\' must not be escaped at all. This has the disadvantage that one
|
|
|
|
cannot express an iso_rr_path which ends by '\\'.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "off" disables pathspecs of the form target=source
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
and re\-enables \-disk_pattern expansion.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-overwrite\fR "on"|"nondir"|"off"
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Allow or disallow overwriting of existing files in the
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
ISO image by files with the same name.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2017-02-22 08:52:12 +00:00
|
|
|
With setting "off", name collisions with at least one non\-directory file
|
|
|
|
cause FAILURE events. Collisions of two directories lead to merging of their
|
|
|
|
file lists.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
With setting "nondir", only directories are protected by such events, other
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
existing file types get treated with \-rm before the new file gets added.
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting "on" enables automatic \-rm_r. I.e. a non\-directory can replace an
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
existing directory and all its subordinates.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If restoring of files is enabled, then the overwrite rule applies to the
|
|
|
|
target file objects on disk as well, but "on" is downgraded to "nondir".
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-split_size\fR number["k"|"m"]
|
|
|
|
Set the threshold for automatic splitting of regular files. Such splitting
|
|
|
|
maps a large disk file onto a ISO directory with several part files in it.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
This is necessary if the size of the disk file exceeds \-file_size_limit.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Older operating systems can handle files in mounted ISO 9660 filesystems
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
only if they are smaller than 2 GiB or in other cases 4 GiB.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Default is 0 which will exclude files larger than \-file_size_limit by a
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
FAILURE event.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
A well tested \-split_size is 2047m. Sizes above \-file_size_limit are not
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
permissible.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2022-06-02 14:10:21 +00:00
|
|
|
The newly created ISO directory inherits its permissions from the data file
|
|
|
|
with additional x\-permission for those who have r\-permission.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
While command \-split_size is set larger than 0 such a directory with split
|
|
|
|
file pieces will be recognized and handled like a regular file by commands
|
2019-10-11 10:46:50 +00:00
|
|
|
\-compare* , \-update*, and in overwrite situations. There are \-osirrox
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
parameters "concat_split_on" and "concat_split_off" which control the handling
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
when files get restored to disk.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
In order to be recognizable, the names of the part files have to
|
|
|
|
describe the splitting by 5 numbers:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
part_number,total_parts,byte_offset,byte_count,disk_file_size
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
which are embedded in the following text form:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
part_#_of_#_at_#_with_#_of_#
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Scaling characters like "m" or "k" are taken into respect.
|
|
|
|
All digits are interpreted as decimal, even if leading zeros are present.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g: /file/part_1_of_3_at_0_with_2047m_of_5753194821
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
No other files are allowed in the directory. All parts have to be present and
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
their numbers have to be plausible. E.g. byte_count must be valid as \-cut_out
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
parameter and their contents may not overlap.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
.B File manipulations:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The following commands manipulate files in the ISO image, regardless whether
|
|
|
|
they stem from the loaded image or were newly inserted.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-iso_rr_pattern\fR "on"|"ls"|"off"
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the pattern expansion mode for the iso_rr_path parameters of several
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
commands which support this feature.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Setting "off" disables pattern expansion for all commands which are marked
|
|
|
|
in this man page by "iso_rr_path [***]" or "iso_rr_pattern [***]".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Setting "on" enables it for all those commands.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Setting "ls" enables it only for those which are marked by
|
|
|
|
"iso_rr_pattern [***]".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Default is "on".
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-rm\fR iso_rr_path [***]
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Delete the given files from the ISO image.
|
2007-11-02 18:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: This does not free any space on the \-indev medium, even if
|
|
|
|
the deletion is committed to that same medium.
|
2007-11-02 18:47:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-11-14 14:28:44 +00:00
|
|
|
The image size will shrink if the image is written to a different
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
medium in modification mode.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-rm_r\fR iso_rr_path [***]
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Delete the given files or directory trees from the ISO image.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
See also the note with command \-rm.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-rmdir\fR iso_rr_path [***]
|
|
|
|
Delete empty directories.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2013-03-13 19:59:18 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-move\fR iso_rr_path iso_rr_path
|
|
|
|
Rename the file given by the first (origin) iso_rr_path to the second
|
|
|
|
(destination) iso_rr_path.
|
|
|
|
Deviate from rules of shell command mv by not moving the origin file underneath
|
|
|
|
an existing destination directory. The origin file will rather replace such a
|
|
|
|
directory, if this is allowed by command \-overwrite.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-mv\fR iso_rr_path [***] iso_rr_path
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Rename the given file objects in the ISO tree to the last
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
parameter in the list. Use the same rules as with shell command mv.
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
If pattern expansion is enabled and if the last parameter contains wildcard
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
characters then it must match exactly one existing file address, or else the
|
2008-02-06 15:37:54 +00:00
|
|
|
command fails with a FAILURE event.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-chown\fR uid iso_rr_path [***]
|
2007-11-08 15:17:21 +00:00
|
|
|
Set ownership of file objects in the ISO image. uid may either be a decimal
|
|
|
|
number or the name of a user known to the operating system.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-31 13:53:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-chown_r\fR uid iso_rr_path [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-chown but affecting all files below eventual directories.
|
2007-12-31 13:53:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-chgrp\fR gid iso_rr_path [***]
|
2007-11-08 15:17:21 +00:00
|
|
|
Set group attribute of file objects in the ISO image. gid may either be a
|
|
|
|
decimal number or the name of a group known to the operating system.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-31 13:53:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-chgrp_r\fR gid iso_rr_path [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-chgrp but affecting all files below eventual directories.
|
2007-12-31 13:53:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-chmod\fR mode iso_rr_path [***]
|
2007-11-08 15:17:21 +00:00
|
|
|
Equivalent to shell command chmod in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
mode is either an octal number beginning with "0" or a comma separated
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
list of statements of the form [ugoa]*[+\-=][rwxst]* .
|
2008-01-14 19:03:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like: go\-rwx,u+rwx .
|
2007-11-08 15:17:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBPersonalities\fR:
|
2007-11-08 15:17:21 +00:00
|
|
|
u=user, g=group, o=others, a=all
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBOperators\fR:
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
+ adds given permissions, \- revokes given permissions,
|
2007-11-08 15:17:21 +00:00
|
|
|
= revokes all old permissions and then adds the given ones.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBPermissions\fR:
|
2007-11-08 15:17:21 +00:00
|
|
|
r=read, w=write, x=execute|inspect, s=setuid|setgid, t=sticky bit
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
For octal numbers see man 2 stat.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-31 13:53:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-chmod_r\fR mode iso_rr_path [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-chmod but affecting all files below eventual directories.
|
2007-12-31 13:53:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-01-26 17:36:15 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-setfacl\fR acl_text iso_rr_path [***]
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Attach the given ACL to the given iso_rr_paths. If the files already have
|
|
|
|
ACLs, then those get deleted before the new ones get into effect.
|
2009-01-26 17:36:15 +00:00
|
|
|
If acl_text is empty, or contains the text "clear" or the text
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"\-\-remove\-all",
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
then the existing ACLs will be removed and no new ones will be
|
2009-01-26 17:36:15 +00:00
|
|
|
attached. Any other content of acl_text will be interpreted as a list of
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
ACL entries. It may be in the long multi\-line format as put out by \-getfacl
|
2009-01-29 16:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
but may also be abbreviated as follows:
|
2009-01-26 17:36:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
ACL entries are separated by comma or newline. If an entry is empty text or
|
2009-01-29 16:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
begins with "#" then it will be ignored. A valid entry has to begin
|
2009-01-26 17:36:15 +00:00
|
|
|
by a letter out of {ugom} for "user", "group", "other", "mask". It has to
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
contain two colons ":". A non\-empty text between those ":" gives a user id
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
or group id. After the second ":" there may be letters out of {rwx\- #}.
|
|
|
|
The first three give read, write, or execute permission.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Letters "\-", " " and TAB are ignored. "#" causes the rest of the entry to
|
2009-01-29 16:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
be ignored. Letter "X" or any other letters are not supported. Examples:
|
2009-01-26 17:36:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
g:toolies:rw,u:lisa:rw,u:1001:rw,u::wr,g::r,o::r,m::rw
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
group:toolies:rw\-,user::rw\-,group::r\-\-,other::r\-\-,mask::rw\-
|
2009-01-26 17:36:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
A valid entry may be prefixed by "d", some following characters and ":".
|
|
|
|
This indicates that the entry goes to the "default" ACL rather than to the
|
2009-01-29 16:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
"access" ACL. Example:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
u::rwx,g::rx,o::,d:u::rwx,d:g::rx,d:o::,d:u:lisa:rwx,d:m::rwx
|
2009-01-26 17:36:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-setfacl_r\fR acl_text iso_rr_path [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-setfacl but affecting all files below eventual directories.
|
2009-01-26 17:36:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-01-29 16:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-setfacl_list\fR disk_path
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Read the output of \-getfacl_r or shell command getfacl \-R and apply it to the
|
2009-01-29 16:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
iso_rr_paths as given in lines beginning with "# file:". This will change
|
|
|
|
ownership, group and ACL of the given files.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If disk_path is "\-" then lines are read from standard input. Line "@" ends the
|
2009-02-13 20:25:42 +00:00
|
|
|
list, "@@@" aborts without changing the pending iso_rr_path.
|
2009-01-29 16:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Since \-getfacl and getfacl \-R strip leading "/" from file paths, the setting of
|
|
|
|
\-cd does always matter.
|
2009-01-29 16:53:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-setfattr\fR [-]name value iso_rr_path [***]
|
|
|
|
Attach the given xattr pair of name and value to the given iso_rr_paths.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If the given name is prefixed by "\-", then the pair with that name gets
|
|
|
|
removed from the xattr list. If name is "\-\-remove\-all"
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
then all user namespace
|
2009-03-20 19:33:51 +00:00
|
|
|
xattr of the given iso_rr_paths get deleted. In case of deletion, value must
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
be an empty text.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2017-11-15 10:10:33 +00:00
|
|
|
Which names are permissible depends on the setting of command \-xattr.
|
|
|
|
"on" or "user" restricts them to namespace "user". I.e. a name has to look
|
|
|
|
like "user.x" or "user.whatever".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-xattr setting "any" enables names from all namespaces except "isofs".
|
2009-02-13 20:25:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Values and names undergo the normal input processing of \fBxorriso\fR.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
See also command \-backslash_codes. Other than with command \-setfattr_list,
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
the byte value 0 cannot be expressed via \-setfattr.
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-setfattr_r\fR [-]name value iso_rr_path [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-setfattr but affecting all files below eventual directories.
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-02-13 20:25:42 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-setfattr_list\fR disk_path
|
2017-11-15 10:10:33 +00:00
|
|
|
Read the output format of \-getfattr_r or shell command getfattr \-Rd and apply
|
|
|
|
it to the iso_rr_paths as given in lines beginning with "# file:".
|
|
|
|
All previously existing xattr of the acceptable namespaces will be deleted
|
|
|
|
before the new xattr get attached. The set of acceptable names depends on the
|
|
|
|
setting of command \-xattr.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If disk_path is "\-" then lines are read from standard input.
|
2009-02-13 20:25:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Since \-getfattr and getfattr \-Rd strip leading "/" from file paths, the setting
|
|
|
|
of \-cd does always matter.
|
2009-02-13 20:25:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Empty input lines and lines which begin by "#" will be ignored
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
(except "# file:"). Line "@" ends the list, "@@@" aborts without changing
|
|
|
|
the pending iso_rr_path. Other input lines must have the form
|
2009-02-13 20:25:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
name="value"
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2017-11-15 10:10:33 +00:00
|
|
|
The separator "=" is not allowed in names.
|
2009-02-16 08:26:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Value may contain any kind of bytes. It must be in quotes. Trailing
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
whitespace after the end quote will be ignored. Non\-printables bytes and quotes
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
must be represented as \\XYZ by their octal 8\-bit code XYZ.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Use code \\000 for 0\-bytes.
|
2009-02-13 20:25:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-alter_date\fR type timestring iso_rr_path [***]
|
2013-11-27 09:51:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Alter the date entries of files in the ISO image. type may be one of
|
|
|
|
the following:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"a" sets access time, updates ctime.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"m" sets modification time, updates ctime.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"b" sets access time and modification time, updates ctime.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"a\-c", "m\-c", and "b\-c" set the times without updating ctime.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"c" sets the ctime.
|
2007-11-08 14:43:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
timestring may be in the following formats
|
|
|
|
(see also section EXAMPLES):
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
As expected by program date:
|
|
|
|
MMDDhhmm[[CC]YY][.ss]]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
As produced by program date:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-11-08 14:43:53 +00:00
|
|
|
[Day] MMM DD hh:mm:ss [TZON] YYYY
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Relative times counted from current clock time:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
+|\-Number["s"|"h"|"d"|"w"|"m"|"y"]
|
2007-11-08 14:43:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
where "s" means seconds, "h" hours, "d" days, "w" weeks, "m"=30d,
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
"y"=365.25d plus 1d added to multiplication result.
|
2007-11-08 14:43:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Absolute seconds counted from Jan 1 1970:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-11-08 14:43:53 +00:00
|
|
|
=Number
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR's own timestamps:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-11-08 14:43:53 +00:00
|
|
|
YYYY.MM.DD[.hh[mm[ss]]]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
scdbackup timestamps:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-11-08 14:43:53 +00:00
|
|
|
YYMMDD[.hhmm[ss]]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
where "A0" is year 2000, "B0" is 2010, etc.
|
2013-03-12 19:49:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
ECMA\-119 volume timestamps:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
These are normally given as GMT. The suffix "LOC" causes local timezone
|
|
|
|
conversion. E.g. 2013010720574700, 2013010720574700LOC.
|
|
|
|
The last two digits cc (centiseconds) will be ignored, but must be present
|
|
|
|
in order to make the format recognizable.
|
2013-11-27 09:51:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-alter_date m\-c 2013.11.27.103951 /file1 /file2 \-\-
|
2016-08-07 19:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
This command does not persistently apply to the boot catalog, which gets fresh
|
|
|
|
timestamps at \-commit time. Command \-volume_date "uuid" can set this time
|
|
|
|
value.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-31 13:53:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-alter_date_r\fR type timestring iso_rr_path [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-alter_date but affecting all files below eventual directories.
|
2007-12-31 13:53:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-06-20 16:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-hide\fR hide_state iso_rr_path [***]
|
|
|
|
Prevent the names of the given files from showing up in the directory trees
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
of ISO 9660 and/or Joliet and/or HFS+ when the image gets written.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
The data content of such hidden files will be included in the
|
2010-06-20 16:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
resulting image, even if they do not show up in any directory.
|
|
|
|
But you will need own means to find nameless data in the image.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-06-23 13:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Warning: Data which are hidden from the ISO 9660 tree will not be copied
|
|
|
|
by the write method of modifying.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-06-20 16:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
Possible values of hide_state are: "iso_rr" for hiding from ISO 9660 tree,
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
"joliet" for Joliet tree, "hfsplus" for HFS+, "on" for them all.
|
|
|
|
"off" means visibility in all directory trees.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
These values may be combined.
|
|
|
|
E.g.: joliet:hfsplus
|
2010-06-20 16:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
This command does not apply to the boot catalog.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Rather use: \-boot_image "any" "cat_hidden=on"
|
2010-06-20 16:48:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Tree traversal command -find:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-find\fR iso_rr_path [test [op] [test ...]] [-exec action [params]] --
|
|
|
|
A restricted substitute for shell command find in the ISO image.
|
2008-01-01 12:32:23 +00:00
|
|
|
It performs an action on matching file objects at or below iso_rr_path.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
If not used as last command in the line then the parameter list
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
needs to get terminated by "\-\-".
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-08-17 22:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
Tests are optional. If they are omitted then action is applied to all file
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
objects. If tests are given then they form together an expression.
|
|
|
|
The action is applied only if the expression matches the file object. Default
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
expression operator between tests is \-and, i.e. the expression matches only
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if all its tests match.
|
2008-08-17 22:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Available tests are:
|
2008-08-17 22:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-name\fR pattern :
|
2015-09-17 12:12:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Matches if pattern matches the file leaf name. If the pattern does not contain
|
|
|
|
any of the characters "*?[", then it will be truncated according
|
|
|
|
to \-file_name_limit and thus match the truncated name in the ISO filesystem.
|
2009-04-23 10:32:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fB\-wholename\fR pattern :
|
|
|
|
Matches if pattern matches the file path as it would be printed by action
|
2015-09-17 12:12:41 +00:00
|
|
|
"echo". Character '/' can be matched by wildcards. If pattern pieces
|
|
|
|
between '/' do not contain any of the characters "*?[", they will
|
|
|
|
be truncated according to \-file_name_limit.
|
2008-01-01 12:32:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-06-19 16:56:15 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-disk_name\fR pattern :
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-name but testing the leaf name of the file source on disk.
|
2012-06-21 20:34:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Can match only data files which do not stem from the loaded image,
|
|
|
|
or for directories above such data files. With directories the result can
|
|
|
|
change between \-find runs if their content stems from multiple sources.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fB\-disk_path\fR disk_path :
|
|
|
|
Matches if the given disk_path is equal to the path of the file source
|
|
|
|
on disk. The same restrictions apply as with \-disk_name.
|
2010-06-19 16:56:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-type\fR type_letter :
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Matches files of the given type:
|
2008-09-26 16:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
"block", "char", "dir", "pipe", "file", "link", "socket", "eltorito",
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
and "Xotic" which matches what is not matched by the other types.
|
2008-01-02 17:51:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Only the first letter is interpreted. E.g.: \-find / \-type d
|
2008-01-02 17:51:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2022-11-10 09:51:21 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-size\fR [+-][=]number[cwbdksmg] :
|
|
|
|
Matches files with matching relation to the given size number.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The prefix defines the desired relation:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
No prefix or prefix "=" means: File must have exactly the given size.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Prefix "+" means: File must be larger than given size.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Prefix "+=" means: File must be larger than or equal to given size limit.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Prefix "\-" means: File must be smaller than given size limit.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Prefix "\-=" means: File must be smaller than or equal to given size limit.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Suffixes are peculiar to stay compatible with program "find":
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
No suffix means blocks of 512 bytes, "c" means single bytes, "w" means 2 bytes,
|
|
|
|
"b" means 512 bytes.
|
|
|
|
The suffixes "k", "M", and "G" mean 1024, 1024k, and 1024M respectively.
|
|
|
|
As usual with xorriso, the suffixes "d" and "s" mean 512 and 2048 and all
|
|
|
|
suffixes are recognized as both, uppercase and lowercase letters.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2023-01-10 18:03:10 +00:00
|
|
|
E.g. match files of 4 GiB or larger:
|
2022-11-10 09:51:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-size +=4g
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-11-19 17:23:10 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-maxdepth\fR number :
|
|
|
|
Matches only files which are at most at the given depth level relative to
|
|
|
|
the iso_rr_path where \-find starts. That path itself is at depth 0, its
|
|
|
|
directory children are at 1, their directory children at 2, and so on.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fB\-mindepth\fR number :
|
|
|
|
Matches only files which are at least at the given depth level.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-damaged\fR :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which use data blocks marked as damaged by a previous
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
run of \-check_media. The damage info vanishes when a new ISO image gets
|
2008-08-17 22:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
loaded.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-12-11 08:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that a MD5 session mismatch marks all files of the session as damaged.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If finer distinction is desired, perform \-md5 off before \-check_media.
|
2010-12-11 08:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-pending_data\fR :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which get their content from outside the loaded ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fB\-lba_range\fR start_lba block_count :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which use data blocks within the range of start_lba
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
and start_lba+block_count\-1.
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fB\-has_acl\fR :
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Matches files which have a non\-trivial ACL.
|
2008-08-17 22:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-has_xattr\fR :
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Matches files which have xattr name\-value pairs from user namespace.
|
2008-08-17 22:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-has_aaip\fR :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which have ACL or any xattr.
|
2008-08-17 22:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-08-10 12:30:49 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-has_any_xattr\fR :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which have any xattr other than ACL.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-08-12 13:03:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-has_md5\fR :
|
|
|
|
Matches data files which have MD5 checksums.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-has_hfs_crtp\fR creator type :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which have the given HFS+ creator and type attached.
|
2012-06-08 07:09:30 +00:00
|
|
|
These are codes of 4 characters which get stored if \-hfsplus is
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
enabled. Use a single dash '\-' as wildcard that matches any such code.
|
|
|
|
E.g:.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-has_hfs_crtp YYDN TEXT
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-has_hfs_crtp \- \-
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fB\-has_hfs_bless\fR blessing :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which bear the given HFS+ blessing. It may be one of :
|
|
|
|
"ppc_bootdir", "intel_bootfile", "show_folder", "os9_folder", "osx_folder",
|
|
|
|
"any". See also action set_hfs_bless.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-has_filter\fR :
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Matches files which are filtered by \-set_filter.
|
2008-08-17 22:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-06-20 07:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-hidden\fR hide_state :
|
|
|
|
Matches files which are hidden in "iso_rr" tree, in "joliet" tree,
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
in "hfsplus" tree, in all trees ("on"), or not hidden in any tree ("off").
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Those which are hidden in some tree match \-not \-hidden "off".
|
2010-06-20 07:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-12-29 12:02:10 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-bad_outname\fR namespace :
|
|
|
|
Matches files with names which change when converted forth and back
|
|
|
|
between the local character set and one of the namespaces "rockridge",
|
|
|
|
"joliet", "ecma119", "hfsplus".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
All applicable \-compliance rules are taken into respect.
|
|
|
|
Rule "omit_version" is always enabled, because else
|
|
|
|
namespaces "joliet" and "ecma119" would cause changes with every
|
|
|
|
non\-directory name.
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Consider to also enable rules "no_force_dots" and "no_j_force_dots".
|
2013-12-29 12:02:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The namespaces use different character sets and apply further restrictions
|
|
|
|
to name length, permissible characters, and mandatory name components.
|
|
|
|
"rockridge" uses the character set defined by \-out_charset,
|
|
|
|
"joliet" uses UCS\-2BE, "ecma119" uses ASCII, "hfsplus" uses UTF\-16BE.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-09-28 14:17:34 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-name_limit_blocker\fR length :
|
|
|
|
Matches file names which would prevent command \-file_name_limit with the
|
|
|
|
given length. The command itself reports only the first problem file.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-23 10:32:57 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-prune\fR :
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If this test is reached and the tested file is a directory then \-find will not
|
2009-04-23 10:32:57 +00:00
|
|
|
dive into that directory. This test itself does always match.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-16 14:42:40 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-use_pattern\fR "on"|"off" :
|
|
|
|
This pseudo test controls the interpretation of wildcards with tests
|
|
|
|
\-name, \-wholename, and \-disk_name. Default is "on". If interpretation
|
|
|
|
is disabled by "off", then the parameters of \-name, \-wholename, and \-disk_name
|
2014-04-16 14:55:46 +00:00
|
|
|
have to match literally rather than as search pattern.
|
2014-04-16 14:42:40 +00:00
|
|
|
This test itself does always match.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fB\-or_use_pattern\fR "on"|"off" :
|
|
|
|
Like \-use_pattern, but automatically appending the test by \-or rather
|
|
|
|
than by \-and. Further the test itself does never match. So a subsequent
|
|
|
|
test \-or will cause its other operand to be performed.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-decision\fR "yes"|"no" :
|
2009-04-23 10:32:57 +00:00
|
|
|
If this test is reached then the evaluation ends immediately and action
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
is performed if the decision is "yes" or "true". See operator \-if.
|
2009-04-23 10:32:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fB\-true\fR and \fB\-false\fR :
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Always match or match not, respectively. Evaluation goes on.
|
2009-02-02 20:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-05-17 11:51:26 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-sort_lba\fR :
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Always match. This causes \-find to perform its action in a sequence sorted by
|
2009-05-17 11:51:26 +00:00
|
|
|
the ISO image block addresses of the files. It may improve throughput with
|
|
|
|
actions which read data from optical drives. Action will always get the
|
|
|
|
absolute path as parameter.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Available operators are:
|
2009-02-02 20:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-not\fR :
|
|
|
|
Matches if the next test or sub expression does not match.
|
|
|
|
Several tests do this specifically:
|
2009-02-02 20:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-undamaged, \-lba_range with negative start_lba, \-has_no_acl, \-has_no_xattr,
|
|
|
|
\-has_no_aaip, \-has_no_filter .
|
2009-02-02 20:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-and\fR :
|
|
|
|
Matches if both neighboring tests or expressions match.
|
2009-02-02 20:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-or\fR :
|
|
|
|
Matches if at least one of both neighboring tests or expressions matches.
|
2009-02-02 20:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-23 10:32:57 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-sub\fR ... \fB\-subend\fR or \fB(\fR ... \fB)\fR :
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Enclose a sub expression which gets evaluated first before it
|
2009-04-23 10:32:57 +00:00
|
|
|
is processed by neighboring operators.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Normal precedence is: \-not, \-or , \-and.
|
2009-04-07 12:02:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-if\fR ... \fB\-then\fR\ ... \fB\-elseif\fR ... \fB\-then\fR ...
|
|
|
|
\fB\-else\fR ... \fB\-endif\fR :
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Enclose one or more sub expressions. If the \-if expression matches, then
|
|
|
|
the \-then expression is evaluated as the result of the whole expression
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
up to \-endif. Else the next \-elseif expression is evaluated and if it matches,
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
its \-then expression. Finally in case of no match, the \-else expression
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
is evaluated.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
There may be more than one \-elseif. Neither \-else nor \-elseif are mandatory.
|
|
|
|
If \-else is missing and would be hit, then the result is a non\-match.
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-if\-expressions are the main use case for above test \-decision.
|
2009-02-02 20:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Default action is \fBecho\fR,
|
2008-01-01 12:32:23 +00:00
|
|
|
i.e. to print the address of the found file. Other actions are certain
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR commands which get performed on the found files.
|
|
|
|
These commands
|
2008-01-01 12:32:23 +00:00
|
|
|
may have specific parameters. See also their particular descriptions.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBchown\fR and \fBchown_r\fR
|
|
|
|
change the ownership and get the user id
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
as parameter. E.g.: \-exec chown thomas \-\-
|
2008-01-02 17:51:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBchgrp\fR and \fBchgrp_r\fR
|
|
|
|
change the group attribute and get the group id
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
as parameter. E.g.: \-exec chgrp_r staff \-\-
|
2008-01-02 17:51:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBchmod\fR and \fBchmod_r\fR
|
|
|
|
change access permissions and get a mode string
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
as parameter. E.g.: \-exec chmod a\-w,a+r \-\-
|
2008-01-01 12:32:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBalter_date\fR and \fBalter_date_r\fR
|
|
|
|
change the timestamps. They get a type
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
character and a timestring as parameters.
|
2008-01-01 12:32:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
E.g.: \-exec alter_date "m" "Dec 30 19:34:12 2007" \-\-
|
2008-01-01 12:32:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-08-20 08:53:02 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBset_to_mtime\fR
|
|
|
|
sets the ctime and atime to the value found in mtime.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBlsdl\fR
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
prints file information like shell command ls \-dl.
|
2008-01-01 12:32:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBcompare\fR
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
performs command \-compare with the found file address as
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
iso_rr_path and the corresponding file address below its parameter
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
disk_path_start. For this the iso_rr_path of the \-find command gets
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
replaced by the disk_path_start.
|
2008-02-28 13:27:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
E.g.: \-find /thomas \-exec compare /home/thomas \-\-
|
2008-03-01 15:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBupdate\fR
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
performs command \-update with the found file address as
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
iso_rr_path. The corresponding file address is determined like with above
|
|
|
|
action "compare".
|
2008-03-06 11:43:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBupdate_merge\fR
|
|
|
|
is like update but does not delete the found file if it is missing on disk.
|
|
|
|
It may be run several times and records with all visited files whether their
|
|
|
|
counterpart on disk has already been seen by one of the update_merge runs.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Finally, a \-find run with action "rm_merge" may remove all files that
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
saw no counterpart on disk.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Up to the next "rm_merge" or "clear_merge" all newly inserted files will
|
|
|
|
get marked as having a disk counterpart.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBrm\fR
|
|
|
|
removes the found iso_rr_path from the image if it is not a directory
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
with files in it. I.e. this "rm" includes "rmdir".
|
2008-03-06 11:43:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBrm_r\fR
|
|
|
|
removes the found iso_rr_path from the image, including whole
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
directory trees.
|
2008-03-01 15:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBrm_merge\fR
|
|
|
|
removes the found iso_rr_path if it was visited by one or more previous actions
|
|
|
|
"update_merge" and saw no counterpart on disk in any of them. The marking from
|
|
|
|
the update actions is removed in any case.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBclear_merge\fR
|
|
|
|
removes an eventual marking from action "update_merge".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBreport_damage\fR
|
|
|
|
classifies files whether they hit a data block that is
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
marked as damaged. The result is printed together with the address
|
2008-08-17 22:05:48 +00:00
|
|
|
of the first damaged byte, the maximum span of damages, file size, and the
|
|
|
|
path of the file.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBreport_lba\fR
|
|
|
|
prints files which are associated to image data blocks.
|
2008-08-18 13:42:44 +00:00
|
|
|
It tells the logical block address, the block number, the byte size,
|
2008-08-27 12:13:07 +00:00
|
|
|
and the path of each file. There may be reported more than one
|
2014-06-13 09:03:28 +00:00
|
|
|
line per file if the file has more than one section.
|
|
|
|
In this case each line has a different extent number in column "xt".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBreport_sections\fR
|
|
|
|
like report_lba but telling the byte sizes of the particular sections rather
|
|
|
|
than the overall byte size of the file.
|
2008-08-18 13:42:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBgetfacl\fR
|
|
|
|
prints access permissions in ACL text form to the result channel.
|
2008-08-18 13:42:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBsetfacl\fR
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
attaches ACLs after removing existing ones. The new
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
ACL is given in text form as defined with command \-setfacl.
|
2009-01-26 17:36:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
E.g.: \-exec setfacl u:lisa:rw,u::rw,g::r,o::\-,m::rw \-\-
|
2009-01-26 17:36:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBgetfattr\fR
|
2017-11-15 10:10:33 +00:00
|
|
|
prints xattr name\-value pairs to the result channel. The choice of namespaces
|
|
|
|
depends on the setting of command \-xattr: "on" or "user" restricts it to the
|
|
|
|
namespace "user", "any" only omits namespace "isofs".
|
2009-08-10 12:30:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBget_any_xattr\fR
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
prints xattr name\-value pairs from any namespace
|
2009-08-10 12:30:49 +00:00
|
|
|
except ACL to the result channel. This is mostly for debugging of
|
|
|
|
namespace "isofs".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-08-25 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBlist_extattr\fR mode
|
|
|
|
prints a script to the result channel, which would use FreeBSD command
|
|
|
|
setextattr to set the file's xattr name\-value pairs of user namespace.
|
|
|
|
Parameter mode controls the form of the output of names and values.
|
|
|
|
Default mode "e" prints harmless characters in shell quotation marks,
|
|
|
|
but represents texts with octal 001 to 037 and 0177 to 0377 by an embedded
|
|
|
|
echo \-e command.
|
|
|
|
Mode "q" prints any characters in shell quotation marks. This might not be
|
|
|
|
terminal\-safe but should work in script files.
|
|
|
|
Mode "r" uses no quotation marks. Not safe.
|
|
|
|
Mode "b" prints backslash encoding. Not suitable for shell parsing.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g. \-exec list_extattr e \-\-
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Command \-backslash_codes does not affect the output.
|
2011-08-25 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBget_md5\fR
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
prints the MD5 sum, if recorded, together with file path.
|
2009-02-02 20:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBcheck_md5\fR
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
compares the MD5 sum, if recorded, with the file content
|
2009-08-12 13:03:07 +00:00
|
|
|
and reports if mismatch.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
E.g.: \-find / \-not \-pending_data \-exec check_md5 FAILURE \-\-
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBmake_md5\fR
|
|
|
|
equips a data file with an MD5 sum of its content. Useful to
|
2009-08-22 18:41:45 +00:00
|
|
|
upgrade the files in the loaded image to full MD5 coverage by the next
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
commit with \-md5 "on".
|
2009-08-22 18:41:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
E.g.: \-find / \-type f \-not \-has_md5 \-exec make_md5 \-\-
|
2009-08-12 13:03:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBsetfattr\fR
|
|
|
|
sets or deletes xattr name value pairs.
|
2009-02-02 20:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
E.g.: \-find / \-has_xattr \-exec setfattr \-\-remove\-all '' \-\-
|
2009-02-02 20:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBset_hfs_crtp\fR
|
|
|
|
adds, changes, or removes HFS+ creator and type attributes.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g.: \-exec set_hfs_crtp YYDN TEXT
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g.: \-find /my/dir \-prune \-exec set_hfs_crtp \-\-delete \-
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-06-08 07:09:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBget_hfs_crtp\fR
|
|
|
|
prints the HFS+ creator and type attributes together with the iso_rr_path,
|
|
|
|
if the file has such attributes at all.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g.: \-exec get_hfs_crtp
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBset_hfs_bless\fR
|
|
|
|
applies or removes HFS+ blessings. They are roles which can be attributed to
|
|
|
|
up to four directories and a data file:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"ppc_bootdir", "intel_bootfile", "show_folder", "os9_folder", "osx_folder".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
They may be abbreviated as "p", "i", "s", "9", and "x".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Each such role can be attributed to at most one file object. "intel_bootfile"
|
|
|
|
is the one that would apply to a data file. All others apply to directories.
|
|
|
|
The \-find run will end as soon as the first blessing is issued. The previous
|
|
|
|
bearer of the blessing will lose it then.
|
|
|
|
No file object can bear more than one blessing.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g.: \-find /my/blessed/directory \-exec set_hfs_bless p
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-06-18 18:11:09 +00:00
|
|
|
Further there is blessing "none" or "n" which revokes any blessing from
|
|
|
|
the found files. This \-find run will not stop when the first match is reached.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g.: \-find / \-has_hfs_bless any \-exec set_hfs_bless none
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBget_hfs_bless\fR
|
|
|
|
prints the HFS+ blessing role and the iso_rr_path, if the file is blessed
|
|
|
|
at all.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g.: \-exec get_hfs_bless
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBset_filter\fR
|
|
|
|
applies or removes filters.
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
E.g.: \-exec set_filter \-\-zisofs \-\-
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-08 18:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBmkisofs_r\fR
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
applies the rules of mkisofs \-r to the file object:
|
2010-04-08 18:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
user id and group id become 0, all r\-permissions get granted, all w denied.
|
|
|
|
If there is any x\-permission, then all three x get granted.
|
|
|
|
s\- and t\-bits get removed.
|
2010-04-08 18:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-18 09:59:08 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBsort_weight\fR
|
|
|
|
attributes a LBA weight number to regular files.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The number may range from \-2147483648 to 2147483647. The higher it is, the
|
2010-04-18 09:59:08 +00:00
|
|
|
lower will be the block address of the file data in the emerging ISO image.
|
2010-04-20 14:02:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Currently the boot catalog has a hardcoded weight of 1 billion.
|
|
|
|
Normally it should occupy the block with the lowest possible address.
|
2013-05-24 11:17:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Data files which are loaded by \-indev or \-dev get a weight between 1 and
|
|
|
|
2 exp 28 = 268,435,456, depending on their block address. This shall keep
|
|
|
|
them roughly in the same order if the write method of modifying is applied.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Data files which are added by other commands get an initial weight of 0.
|
2013-09-07 20:12:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Boot image files have a default weight of 2.
|
2010-04-18 09:59:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
E.g.: \-exec sort_weight 3 \-\-
|
2010-04-18 09:59:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBshow_stream\fR
|
|
|
|
shows the content stream chain of a data file.
|
2015-09-28 14:17:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-11-04 12:19:00 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBshow_stream_id\fR
|
|
|
|
is like show_stream, but also prints between stream type and first ":"
|
|
|
|
in square brackets libisofs id numbers: [fs_id,dev_id,ino_id].
|
2009-04-02 16:25:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-06-20 07:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBhide\fR
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
brings the file into one of the hide states "on", "iso_rr", "joliet",
|
|
|
|
"hfsplus", "off". They may be combined. E.g.: joliet:hfsplus
|
2010-06-20 07:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g.:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-find / \-disk_name *_secret \-exec hide on
|
2010-06-20 07:22:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-12-29 12:02:10 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBprint_outname\fR
|
|
|
|
prints in the first line the filename as registered by the program model,
|
|
|
|
and in the second line the filename after conversion forth and back between
|
|
|
|
local character set and one of the namespaces "rockridge", "joliet", "ecma119",
|
|
|
|
or "hfsplus". The third output line is "\-\-" .
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The name conversion does not take into respect the possibility of name
|
|
|
|
collisions in the target namespace. Such collisions are most likely in "joliet"
|
|
|
|
and "ecma119", where they get resolved by automatic file name changes.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g.:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-find / \-bad_outname joliet \-exec print_outname joliet
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-12-02 11:10:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBestimate_size\fR
|
|
|
|
prints a lower and an upper estimation of the number of blocks which the
|
2010-12-11 08:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
found files together will occupy in the emerging ISO image.
|
2010-12-02 11:10:39 +00:00
|
|
|
This does not account for the superblock,
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
for the directories in the \-find path, or for image padding.
|
2010-12-02 11:10:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBfind\fR
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
performs another run of \-find on the matching file address.
|
|
|
|
It accepts the same params as \-find, except iso_rr_path.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g.:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-find / \-name '???' \-type d \-exec find \-name '[abc]*' \-exec chmod a\-w,a+r \-\-
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
.B Filters for data file content:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fBFilters\fR may be installed between data files in the ISO image and their
|
|
|
|
content source outside the image. They may also be used vice versa between
|
|
|
|
data content in the image and target files on disk.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Built\-in filters are "\-\-zisofs" and
|
|
|
|
"\-\-zisofs\-decode". The former is to be
|
|
|
|
applied via \-set_filter, the latter is automatically applied if zisofs
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
compressed content is detected with a file when loading the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Another built\-in filter pair is "\-\-gzip"
|
|
|
|
and "\-\-gunzip" with suffix ".gz".
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
They behave about like external gzip and gunzip but avoid forking a process
|
|
|
|
for each single file. So they are much faster if there are many small files.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-external_filter\fR name option[:option] program_path [arguments] --
|
|
|
|
Register a content filter by associating a name with a program path,
|
|
|
|
program arguments, and some behavioral options. Once registered it can be
|
|
|
|
applied to multiple data files in the ISO image, regardless whether their
|
|
|
|
content resides in the loaded ISO image or in the local filesystem.
|
|
|
|
External filter processes may produce synthetic file content by reading the
|
|
|
|
original content from stdin and writing to stdout whatever they want.
|
|
|
|
They must deliver the same output on the same input in repeated runs.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Options are:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"default" means that no other option is intended.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"suffix=..." sets a file name suffix. If it is not empty then it will be
|
|
|
|
appended to the file name or removed from it.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
"remove_suffix" will remove a file name suffix
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
rather than appending it.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"if_nonempty" will leave 0\-sized files unfiltered.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"if_reduction" will try filtering and revoke it if the content size does not
|
|
|
|
shrink.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"if_block_reduction" will revoke if the number of 2 kB blocks does not shrink.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"used=..." is ignored. Command \-status shows it with the number of
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
files which currently have the filter applied.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-external_filter bzip2 suffix=.bz2:if_block_reduction \\
|
2009-04-02 16:25:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
/usr/bin/bzip2 \-\-
|
2008-01-01 12:32:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-external_filter bunzip2 suffix=.bz2:remove_suffix \\
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
/usr/bin/bunzip2 \-\-
|
2008-01-01 12:32:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-unregister_filter\fR name
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Remove an \-external_filter registration. This is only possible if the filter
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
is not applied to any file in the ISO image.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-close_filter_list\fR
|
2014-04-21 13:18:38 +00:00
|
|
|
Irrevocably ban commands \-concat "pipe", \-external_filter,
|
|
|
|
and \-unregister_filter, but not \-set_filter. Use this to prevent external
|
|
|
|
filtering in general or when all intended filters are registered and \-concat
|
|
|
|
mode "pipe" shall be disallowed.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
External filters may also be banned totally at compile time of
|
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR.
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
By default they are banned if \fBxorriso\fR runs under setuid permission.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-set_filter\fR name iso_rr_path [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Apply an \-external_filter or a built\-in filter to the given data files in the
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
ISO image.
|
|
|
|
If the filter suffix is not empty , then it will be applied to the file name.
|
|
|
|
Renaming only happens if the filter really gets attached and is not revoked by
|
|
|
|
its options.
|
|
|
|
By default files which already bear the suffix will not get filtered. The
|
|
|
|
others will get the suffix appended to their names.
|
|
|
|
If the filter has option "remove_suffix", then the filter will only be
|
|
|
|
applied if the suffix is present and can be removed.
|
|
|
|
Name oversize or collision caused by suffix change will prevent filtering.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
With most filter types this command will immediately run the filter once for
|
|
|
|
each file in order to determine the output size.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Content reading operations like \-extract , \-compare and image generation will
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
perform further filter runs and deliver filtered content.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
At image generation time the filter output must still be the same as the
|
|
|
|
output from the first run. Filtering for image generation does not happen
|
|
|
|
with files from the loaded ISO image if the write method of growing is in
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
effect (i.e \-indev and \-outdev are identical).
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The reserved filter name "\-\-remove\-all\-filters" revokes
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
filtering. This will revoke suffix renamings as well.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Use "\-\-remove\-all\-filters+" to
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
prevent any suffix renaming.
|
2012-03-03 21:14:16 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Attaching or detaching filters will not alter the state of \-changes_pending.
|
|
|
|
If the filter manipulations shall be the only changes in a write run, then
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
explicitly execute \-changes_pending "yes".
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-set_filter_r\fR name iso_rr_path [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-set_filter but affecting all data files below eventual directories.
|
2008-01-25 15:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-08-24 18:36:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Writing the result, drive control:
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2007-10-20 19:50:24 +00:00
|
|
|
(see also paragraph about settings below)
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-rollback\fR
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Discard the manipulated ISO image and reload it from \-indev.
|
|
|
|
(Use \-rollback_end if immediate program end is desired.)
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-03-03 18:29:01 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-changes_pending\fR "no"|"yes"|"mkisofs_printed"|"show_status"
|
|
|
|
Write runs are performed only if a change of the image has been made
|
|
|
|
since the image was loaded or created blank. Vice versa the program will
|
|
|
|
start a write run for pending changes when it ends normally (i.e. not by abort
|
|
|
|
and not by command \-rollback_end).
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The command \-changes_pending can be used to override the automatically
|
|
|
|
determined state. This is mainly useful for setting state "yes" despite
|
|
|
|
no real changes were made. The sequence \-changes_pending "no" \-end
|
|
|
|
is equivalent to the command \-rollback_end. State "mkisofs_printed"
|
|
|
|
is caused by emulation command \-as mkisofs if option \-print\-size is present.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The pseudo\-state "show_status" can be used to print the current state to result
|
|
|
|
channel.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Image loading or manipulations which happen after this command will again
|
|
|
|
update automatically the change status of the image.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-commit\fR
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Perform the write operation. Afterwards, if \-outdev is readable, make it
|
|
|
|
the new \-dev and load the image from there.
|
2008-07-05 13:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
Switch to growing mode.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
(A subsequent \-outdev will activate modification mode or blind growing.)
|
|
|
|
\-commit is performed automatically at end of program if there
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
are uncommitted manipulations pending.
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
So, to perform a final write operation with no new \-dev
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
and no new loading of image, rather execute command \-end.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If you want to go on without image loading, execute \-commit_eject "none".
|
|
|
|
To eject after write without image loading, use \-commit_eject "all".
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
To suppress a final write, execute \-rollback_end.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Writing can last quite a while. It is not unnormal with several
|
2007-12-15 18:31:39 +00:00
|
|
|
types of media that there is no progress visible for the first
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
few minutes or that the drive gnaws on the medium for a few
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
minutes after all data have been transmitted.
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR and the drives are in a client\-server relationship.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
The drives have much freedom about what to do with the media.
|
|
|
|
Some combinations of drives and media simply do not work,
|
2008-01-19 13:49:17 +00:00
|
|
|
despite the promises by their vendors.
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
If writing fails then try other media or another drive. The reason
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
for such failure is hardly ever in the code of the various
|
|
|
|
burn programs but you may well try some of those listed below
|
|
|
|
under SEE ALSO.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-eject\fR "in"|"out"|"all"
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Eject the medium in \-indev, \-outdev, or both drives, respectively.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: It is not possible yet to effectively eject disk files.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-02-03 18:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-commit_eject\fR "in"|"out"|"all"|"none"
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Combined \-commit and \-eject. When writing has finished do not make
|
|
|
|
\-outdev the new \-dev, and load no ISO image. Rather eject
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
\-indev and/or \-outdev. Give up any non\-ejected drive.
|
2008-02-03 18:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-blank\fR mode
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Make media ready for writing from scratch (if not \-dummy is activated).
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
This affects only the \-outdev not the \-indev.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
If both drives are the same and if the ISO image was altered
|
2008-02-06 15:37:54 +00:00
|
|
|
then this command leads to a FAILURE event.
|
2007-10-20 19:50:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Defined modes are:
|
2008-05-12 19:36:23 +00:00
|
|
|
as_needed, fast, all, deformat, deformat_quickest
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
"as_needed" cares for used CD\-RW, DVD\-RW and for used overwritable media
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
by applying \-blank "fast". It applies \-format "full" to yet unformatted
|
|
|
|
DVD\-RAM and BD\-RE. Other media in blank state are gracefully ignored.
|
2008-12-10 18:55:13 +00:00
|
|
|
Media which cannot be made ready for writing from scratch cause a FAILURE
|
|
|
|
event.
|
2007-10-20 19:50:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"fast" makes CD\-RW and unformatted DVD\-RW re\-usable, or invalidates
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
overwritable ISO images. "all" might work more thoroughly and need more time.
|
2008-05-12 19:36:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
"deformat" converts overwritable DVD\-RW into unformatted ones.
|
2008-05-12 19:36:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"deformat_quickest" is a faster way to deformat or blank DVD\-RW
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
but produces media which are only suitable for a single session.
|
2011-05-29 10:01:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Some drives announce this state by not offering feature 21h,
|
|
|
|
but some drives offer it anyway.
|
|
|
|
If feature 21h is missing, then \fBxorriso\fR
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
will refuse to write on DVD\-RW if not command \-close is set to "on".
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The progress reports issued by some drives while blanking are
|
|
|
|
quite unrealistic. Do not conclude success or failure from the
|
2008-02-06 15:37:54 +00:00
|
|
|
reported percentages. Blanking was successful if no SORRY event or
|
2016-02-05 14:57:52 +00:00
|
|
|
worse occurred.
|
2012-10-24 09:59:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode may be prepended by "force:" in order to override the evaluation
|
|
|
|
of the medium state by libburn. E.g. "force:fast".
|
|
|
|
Blanking will nevertheless only succeed if the drive is willing to do it.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-format\fR mode
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Convert unformatted DVD\-RW into overwritable ones, "de\-ice" DVD+RW, format
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
newly purchased BD\-RE or BD\-R, re\-format DVD\-RAM or BD\-RE.
|
2008-05-12 19:36:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Defined modes are:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-06-27 12:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
as_needed, full, fast, by_index_<num>, fast_by_index_<num>,
|
|
|
|
by_size_<num>, fast_by_size_<num>, without_spare
|
2008-05-12 19:36:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"as_needed" formats yet unformatted DVD\-RW, DVD\-RAM, BD\-RE, or blank
|
|
|
|
unformatted BD\-R. Other media are left untouched.
|
2008-05-12 19:36:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"full" (re\-)formats DVD\-RW, DVD+RW, DVD\-RAM, BD\-RE, or blank unformatted BD\-R.
|
2008-05-12 19:36:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"fast" does the same as "full" but tries to be quicker.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
"by_index_" selects a format out of the descriptor list issued by command
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-list_formats. The index number from that list is to be appended to the
|
2008-05-14 11:45:28 +00:00
|
|
|
mode word. E.g: "by_index_3".
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-05-14 11:45:28 +00:00
|
|
|
"fast_by_index_" does the same as "by_index_" but tries to be quicker.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-12-13 14:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
"by_size_" selects a format out of the descriptor list which provides at
|
|
|
|
least the given size. That size is to be appended to the mode word.
|
2008-12-13 16:17:18 +00:00
|
|
|
E.g: "by_size_4100m". This applies to media with Defect Management.
|
2013-06-27 12:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
On BD\-RE it will not choose format 0x31, which offers no Defect Management.
|
2008-12-13 14:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"fast_by_size_" does the same as "by_size_" but tries to be quicker.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-06-27 12:56:20 +00:00
|
|
|
"without_spare" selects the largest format out of the descriptor list
|
|
|
|
which provides no Spare Area for Defect Management. On BD\-RE this
|
|
|
|
will be format 0x31.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The formatting action has no effect on media if \-dummy is activated.
|
2008-05-14 11:45:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Formatting is normally needed only once during the lifetime of a medium,
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if ever. But it is a reason for re\-formatting if:
|
2008-05-14 11:45:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
DVD\-RW was deformatted by \-blank,
|
2008-05-14 11:45:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
DVD+RW has read failures (re\-format before next write),
|
2008-05-14 11:45:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
DVD\-RAM or BD\-RE shall change their amount of defect reserve.
|
2007-12-15 18:31:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
BD\-R may be written unformatted or may be formatted before first use.
|
2008-12-13 14:32:21 +00:00
|
|
|
Formatting activates Defect Management which tries to catch and repair
|
2008-12-10 18:55:13 +00:00
|
|
|
bad spots on media during the write process at the expense of half speed
|
|
|
|
even with flawless media.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
The progress reports issued by some drives while formatting are
|
|
|
|
quite unrealistic. Do not conclude success or failure from the
|
2008-02-06 15:37:54 +00:00
|
|
|
reported percentages. Formatting was successful if no SORRY event
|
2016-02-05 14:57:52 +00:00
|
|
|
or worse occurred. Be patient with apparently frozen progress.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-05-13 11:58:43 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-list_formats\fR
|
|
|
|
Put out a list of format descriptors as reported by the output drive for
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
the current medium. The list gives the index number after "Format idx",
|
2008-05-14 11:45:28 +00:00
|
|
|
a MMC format code, the announced size in blocks (like "2236704s")
|
2008-05-13 11:58:43 +00:00
|
|
|
and the same size in MiB.
|
2008-05-14 11:45:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
MMC format codes are manifold. Most important are:
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"00h" general formatting, "01h" increases reserve space for DVD\-RAM,
|
|
|
|
"26h" for DVD+RW, "30h" for BD\-RE with reserve space,
|
|
|
|
"31h" for BD\-RE without reserve space, "32h" for BD\-R.
|
2008-05-14 11:45:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Smaller format size with DVD\-RAM, BD\-RE, or BD\-R means more reserve space.
|
2008-05-13 11:58:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2011-07-04 09:29:00 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-list_speeds\fR
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
Put out a list of speed values as reported by the drives with the loaded
|
|
|
|
media. The list tells read speeds of the input drive and of the output
|
|
|
|
drive. Further it tells write speeds of the output drive.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The list of write speeds does not necessarily mean that the medium is writable
|
2011-07-25 09:59:12 +00:00
|
|
|
or that these speeds are actually achievable. Especially the
|
|
|
|
lists reported with empty drive or with ROM media obviously advertise
|
|
|
|
speeds for other media.
|
2011-07-04 09:29:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
It is not mandatory to use speed values out of the listed range.
|
|
|
|
The drive is supposed to choose a safe speed that is as near to the desired
|
|
|
|
speed as possible.
|
2011-07-25 09:59:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
At the end of the list, "Write speed L" and "Write speed H"
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
are the best guesses for lower and upper write speed limit.
|
2011-07-25 09:59:12 +00:00
|
|
|
"Write speed l" and "Write speed h" may appear only with CD
|
|
|
|
and eventually override the list of other speed offers.
|
2013-03-10 19:34:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Only if the drive reports contradicting speed information there will appear
|
|
|
|
"Write speed 0", which tells the outcome of speed selection by command
|
|
|
|
\-speed 0, if it deviates from "Write speed H".
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"Read speed L" and "Read speed H" tell the minimum and maximum read speeds,
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
as reported by the drive. They would be chosen by \-read_speed "min" or
|
|
|
|
"max" if they undercut or surpass the built\-in limits. These are "1x",
|
|
|
|
"52xCD", "24xDVD", "20xBD".
|
2011-07-04 09:29:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2020-08-06 15:39:47 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-list_profiles\fR "in"|"out"|"all"
|
|
|
|
Put out a list of media types supported by \-indev, \-outdev, or both,
|
|
|
|
respectively.
|
|
|
|
The currently recognized type is marked by text "(current)".
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-truncate_overwritable\fR entity id adjust
|
|
|
|
On overwritable medium copy the volume descriptors of an existing session to
|
|
|
|
the overall descriptors at LBA 0 ff. This makes all sessions
|
|
|
|
\fBinaccessible\fR which are younger than the activated one.
|
|
|
|
A reason to do this would be read errors in the younger sessions and
|
|
|
|
the wish to re\-write or skip them.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
This operation is only allowed if no changes to the loaded filesystem are
|
|
|
|
pending. If an \-indev is acquired then it is released before the write
|
|
|
|
operation begins and re\-acquired only in case of success.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The parameters "entity" and "id" have the same meaning as with command \-load.
|
|
|
|
They choose the existing ISO session which shall become the youngest accessible
|
|
|
|
session. Available entity names are "session", "track", "lba", "sbsector",
|
|
|
|
"volid". "auto" makes few sense. id is a number or search text as appropriate
|
|
|
|
for the given entity.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Parameter "adjust" controls the claimed size of the activated session. Text
|
|
|
|
"new" means the size of the newly activated session as it was before this
|
|
|
|
command. I.e. the space of the then inaccessible younger sessions will be
|
|
|
|
re\-used when appending more sessions.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"old" means the size up to the end of the previously youngest session.
|
|
|
|
I.e. "old" will not free the space of the then inaccessible younger sessions
|
|
|
|
for re\-use.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
A number preceded by "+" gives the number of bytes to be added to "new".
|
|
|
|
A number without "+" gives the overall number of bytes. In any case the result
|
|
|
|
may not be smaller than "new". Numbers may have a unit suffix: "d"=512,
|
|
|
|
"k"=1024, "s"=2048, "m"=1024k, "g"=1024m.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Activate session 4 and enable overwriting of the blocks of younger sessions:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-truncate_overwritable session 4 new
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Activate session 4 and claim the blocks of younger sessions as useless part of
|
|
|
|
session 4:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-truncate_overwritable session 4 old
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Let session 4 claim additional 500 MiB as useless data:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-truncate_overwritable session 4 +500m
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2011-06-01 16:52:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-close_damaged\fR "as_needed"|"force"
|
2016-07-20 08:37:42 +00:00
|
|
|
Try to close the upcoming track and session if the drive reported the medium
|
2011-06-01 16:52:29 +00:00
|
|
|
as damaged. This may apply to CD\-R, CD\-RW, DVD\-R, DVD\-RW, DVD+R, DVD+R DL,
|
|
|
|
or BD\-R media. It is indicated by warning messages when the drive gets
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
acquired, and by a remark "but next track is damaged" with the line
|
2011-06-01 16:52:29 +00:00
|
|
|
"Media status :" of command \-toc.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
The setting of command \-close determines whether the medium stays appendable.
|
2011-06-01 16:52:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "as_needed" gracefully refuses on media which are not reported as
|
|
|
|
damaged. Mode "force" attempts the close operation even with media which
|
|
|
|
appear undamaged.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
No image changes are allowed to be pending before this command is performed.
|
|
|
|
After closing was attempted, both drives are given up.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Settings for result writing:
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2012-05-22 12:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
Rock Ridge info will be generated by default.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
ACLs will be written according to the setting of command \-acl.
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-26 16:01:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-joliet\fR "on"|"off"
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
If enabled by "on", generate Joliet tree additional to ISO 9660 + Rock Ridge
|
|
|
|
tree.
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-hfsplus\fR "on"|"off"
|
|
|
|
If enabled by "on", generate a HFS+ filesystem inside the ISO 9660 image
|
|
|
|
and mark it by Apple Partition Map (APM) entries in the System Area,
|
|
|
|
the first 32 KiB of the image.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
This may collide with data submitted by \-boot_image system_area=.
|
|
|
|
The first 8 bytes of the System Area get overwritten by
|
|
|
|
{ 0x45, 0x52, 0x08 0x00, 0xeb, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff }
|
|
|
|
which can be executed as x86 machine code without negative effects.
|
|
|
|
So if an MBR gets combined with this feature, then its first 8 bytes
|
|
|
|
should contain no essential commands.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The next blocks of 2 KiB in the System Area will be occupied by APM entries.
|
|
|
|
The first one covers the part of the ISO image before the HFS+ filesystem
|
|
|
|
metadata. The second one marks the range from HFS+ metadata to the end
|
|
|
|
of file content data. If more ISO image data follow, then a third partition
|
|
|
|
entry gets produced. Other features of xorriso might cause the need for
|
|
|
|
more APM entries.
|
2012-06-08 07:09:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The HFS+ filesystem is not suitable for add\-on sessions produced by the
|
|
|
|
multi\-session method of growing. An existing ISO image may nevertheless
|
|
|
|
be the base for a new image produced by the method of modifying.
|
|
|
|
If \-hfsplus is enabled when \-indev or \-dev gets executed, then AAIP
|
|
|
|
attributes get loaded from the input image and checked for information about
|
|
|
|
HFS creator, filetype, or blessing. If found, then they get enabled as
|
|
|
|
settings for the next image production.
|
|
|
|
Therefore it is advisable to perform \-hfsplus "on" before \-indev or \-dev.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Information about HFS creator, type, and blessings gets stored by xorriso
|
|
|
|
if \-hfsplus is enabled at \-commit time. It is stored as copy outside the
|
|
|
|
HFS+ partition, but rather along with the Rock Ridge information.
|
|
|
|
xorriso does not read any information from the HFS+ meta data.
|
2012-07-03 16:33:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Be aware that HFS+ is case\-insensitive although it can record file names
|
|
|
|
with upper\-case and lower\-case letters. Therefore, file names from the iso_rr
|
|
|
|
name tree may collide in the HFS+ name tree. In this case they get changed
|
|
|
|
by adding underscore characters and counting numbers. In case of very long
|
|
|
|
names, it might be necessary to map them to "MANGLED_...".
|
2020-08-06 09:48:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
WARNING:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The HFS+ implementation in libisofs has a limit of 125,829,120 bytes for the
|
|
|
|
size of the overall directory tree. This suffices for about 300,000 files
|
|
|
|
of normal name length. If the limit gets exceeded, a FAILURE event will be
|
|
|
|
issued and the ISO production will not happen.
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-05-22 12:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-rockridge\fR "on"|"off"
|
|
|
|
Mode "off" disables production of Rock Ridge information for the ISO 9660 file
|
|
|
|
objects. The multi\-session capabilities of xorriso depend much on the naming
|
|
|
|
fidelity of Rock Ridge. So it is strongly discouraged to deviate from
|
|
|
|
default setting "on".
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-11-29 09:10:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-compliance\fR rule[:rule...]
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Adjust the compliance to specifications of ISO 9660/ECMA\-119 and its
|
|
|
|
contemporary extensions. In some
|
2008-11-21 16:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
cases it is worth to deviate a bit in order to circumvent bugs of the intended
|
2010-02-28 17:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
reader system or to get unofficial extra features.
|
2008-11-21 16:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
There are several adjustable rules which have a keyword each. If they
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
are mentioned with this command then their rule gets added to the relaxation
|
2008-11-21 16:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
list. This list can be erased by rules "strict" or "clear". It can be reset
|
2008-11-29 09:10:59 +00:00
|
|
|
to its start setting by "default". All of the following relaxation rules
|
|
|
|
can be revoked individually by appending "_off". Like "deep_paths_off".
|
2008-11-21 16:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Rule keywords are:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"iso_9660_level="number chooses level 1 with ECMA\-119 names of the form 8.3
|
|
|
|
and \-file_size_limit <= 4g \- 1, or level 2 with ECMA\-119 names up to
|
|
|
|
length 32 and the same \-file_size_limit, or level 3 with ECMA\-119 names up to
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
length 32 and \-file_size_limit >= 400g \-200k. If necessary \-file_size_limit
|
2010-12-25 07:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
gets adjusted.
|
2010-04-13 10:40:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"allow_dir_id_ext" allows ECMA\-119 names of directories to have a name extension
|
2010-12-25 09:28:35 +00:00
|
|
|
as with other file types. It does not force dots and it omits the version
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
number, though. This is a bad tradition of mkisofs which violates ECMA\-119.
|
2010-12-25 09:28:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Especially ISO level 1 only allows 8 characters in a directory name and
|
|
|
|
not 8.3.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"omit_version" does not add versions (";1") to ECMA\-119 and Joliet file names.
|
2008-11-21 16:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-12-25 07:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
"only_iso_version" does not add versions (";1") to Joliet file names.
|
2008-11-21 16:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"deep_paths" allows ECMA\-119 file paths deeper than 8 levels.
|
2008-11-21 16:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"long_paths" allows ECMA\-119 file paths longer than 255 characters.
|
2008-11-21 16:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"long_names" allows up to 37 characters with ECMA\-119 file names.
|
2008-11-21 16:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"no_force_dots" does not add a dot to ECMA\-119 file names which have none.
|
2010-04-13 10:40:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-12-25 07:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
"no_j_force_dots" does not add a dot to Joliet file names which have none.
|
2008-11-21 16:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"lowercase" allows lowercase characters in ECMA\-119 file names.
|
2010-12-25 07:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-22 10:31:38 +00:00
|
|
|
"7bit_ascii" allows nearly all 7\-bit characters in ECMA\-119 file names.
|
|
|
|
Not allowed are 0x0 and '/'. If not "lowercase" is enabled, then lowercase
|
|
|
|
letters get converted to uppercase.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
"full_ascii" allows all 8\-bit characters except 0x0 and '/'
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
in ECMA\-119 file names.
|
2008-11-21 16:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-12-22 13:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
"untranslated_names" might be dangerous for inadverted reader programs
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
which rely on the restriction to at most 37 characters in ECMA\-119 file names.
|
|
|
|
This rule allows ECMA\-119 file names up to 96 characters with no character
|
2010-12-22 13:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
conversion. If a file name has more characters, then image production will
|
|
|
|
fail deliberately.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"untranslated_name_len="number enables untranslated_names with a smaller limit
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
for the length of file names. 0 disables this feature, \-1 chooses maximum
|
2010-12-22 13:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
length limit, numbers larger than 0 give the desired length limit.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-04-03 08:28:07 +00:00
|
|
|
"joliet_long_names" allows Joliet leaf names up to 103 characters rather
|
|
|
|
than 64.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-12-25 07:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
"joliet_long_paths" allows Joliet paths longer than 240 characters.
|
2008-11-21 16:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-12-18 07:43:34 +00:00
|
|
|
"joliet_utf16" encodes Joliet names in UTF\-16BE rather than UCS\-2.
|
|
|
|
The difference is with characters which are not present
|
|
|
|
in UCS\-2 and get encoded in UTF\-16 by 2 words of 16 bit each.
|
|
|
|
Both words then stem from a reserved subset of UCS\-2.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-12-25 07:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
"always_gmt" stores timestamps in GMT representation with timezone 0.
|
2008-11-21 16:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-01-14 14:45:39 +00:00
|
|
|
"rec_mtime" records with non\-RockRidge directory entries the disk file's
|
|
|
|
mtime and not the creation time of the image. This applies to the ECMA\-119
|
2022-04-26 10:17:22 +00:00
|
|
|
tree (plain ISO 9660), to Joliet, and to ISO 9660:1999. "rec_mtime" is
|
2012-01-15 10:40:12 +00:00
|
|
|
default. If disabled, it gets automatically re\-enabled by \-as mkisofs emulation
|
|
|
|
when a pathspec is encountered.
|
2008-11-29 09:10:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-12-25 07:15:36 +00:00
|
|
|
"new_rr" uses Rock Ridge version 1.12 (suitable for GNU/Linux but not for older
|
2009-03-12 14:16:36 +00:00
|
|
|
FreeBSD or for Solaris). This implies "aaip_susp_1_10_off" which may be changed
|
|
|
|
by subsequent "aaip_susp_1_10".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Default is "old_rr" which uses Rock Ridge version 1.10. This implies also
|
2009-03-11 21:24:11 +00:00
|
|
|
"aaip_susp_1_10" which may be changed by subsequent "aaip_susp_1_10_off".
|
2009-03-10 09:22:16 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-02-28 17:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
"aaip_susp_1_10" allows AAIP to be written as unofficial extension of RRIP
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
rather than as official extension under SUSP\-1.12.
|
2009-01-26 17:36:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
"no_emul_toc" saves 64 kB with the first session on overwritable media
|
2010-05-23 15:16:25 +00:00
|
|
|
but makes the image incapable of displaying its session history.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-12-23 19:01:42 +00:00
|
|
|
"iso_9660_1999" causes the production of an additional directory tree
|
|
|
|
compliant to ISO 9660:1999. It can record long filenames for readers which
|
|
|
|
do not understand Rock Ridge.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-01-26 13:31:05 +00:00
|
|
|
"old_empty" uses the old way of of giving block addresses in the range
|
|
|
|
of [0,31] to files with no own data content. The new way is to have
|
|
|
|
a dedicated block to which all such files will point.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2023-01-22 15:19:28 +00:00
|
|
|
"max_ce_entries="number sets the maximum number of SUSP CE entries and thus
|
|
|
|
continuation areas. Each continuation area can hold at most 2048 bytes of
|
|
|
|
SUSP data (Rock Ridge or AAIP). The first area can be smaller. There might
|
|
|
|
be some waste at the end of each area.
|
|
|
|
When the maximum number is exceeded during ISO filesystem production
|
|
|
|
then either xattr and ACL get dropped from the affected file or an error
|
|
|
|
gets reported and image production is prevented.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Linux silently ignores a file when encountering its 32th CE entry.
|
|
|
|
(Workaround is to mount the filesystem with option "norock".)
|
|
|
|
So the default setting is 31. Minimum is 1, maximum is 100000.
|
|
|
|
If a limit higher than 31 is chosen and 31 gets surpassed, then a warning
|
|
|
|
message gets reported.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"max_ce_drop="mode sets the behavior when the limit of max_ce_entries= is
|
|
|
|
surpassed. Mode "off" causes an error message and prevents image production.
|
|
|
|
Mode "xattr" and "xattr_acl" report a warning, delete from the affected
|
|
|
|
file all xattr of namespaces other than "isofs", and then try again.
|
|
|
|
If this still surpasses the limit, then mode "xattr_acl" deletes all ACL from
|
|
|
|
the file and retries.
|
|
|
|
If this still surpasses the limit, then an error message gets reported and
|
|
|
|
image production is prevented.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-03-20 19:33:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Default setting is
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2023-01-22 15:19:28 +00:00
|
|
|
"clear:iso_9660_level=3:only_iso_version:deep_paths:long_paths:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
no_j_force_dots:always_gmt:rec_mtime:old_rr:max_ce_entries=31:
|
2010-04-13 10:40:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2023-01-22 15:19:28 +00:00
|
|
|
max_ce_drop=xattr_acl"
|
2008-11-29 09:10:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Note: The term "ECMA\-119 name" means the plain ISO 9660 names and attributes
|
2008-11-29 09:10:59 +00:00
|
|
|
which get visible if the reader ignores Rock Ridge.
|
2008-11-21 16:07:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-03-10 14:59:44 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-rr_reloc_dir\fR name
|
|
|
|
Specify the name of the relocation directory in which deep directory subtrees
|
2012-03-14 15:26:49 +00:00
|
|
|
shall be placed if \-compliance is set to "deep_paths_off" or "long_paths_off".
|
|
|
|
A deep directory is one that has a chain of 8 parent directories (including
|
|
|
|
root) above itself, or one that contains a file with an ECMA\-119 path of more
|
|
|
|
than 255 characters.
|
2012-03-10 14:59:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The overall directory tree will appear originally deep when interpreted
|
|
|
|
as Rock Ridge tree. It will appear as re\-arranged if only ECMA\-119
|
|
|
|
information is considered.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The default relocation directory is the root directory. By giving a non\-empty
|
|
|
|
name with \-rr_reloc_dir, a directory in the root directory may get this role.
|
|
|
|
If that directory does not already exist at \-commit time, then it will get
|
|
|
|
created and marked for Rock Ridge as relocation artefact. At least on
|
|
|
|
GNU/Linux it will not be displayed in mounted Rock Ridge images.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The name must not contain a '/' character and must not be longer than
|
|
|
|
255 bytes.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-26 16:01:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-volid\fR text
|
2012-11-05 10:11:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Specify the volume ID, which most operating systems will consider to be
|
|
|
|
the volume name of the image or medium.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR accepts any text up to 32 characters,
|
2008-02-11 15:07:41 +00:00
|
|
|
but according to rarely obeyed specs stricter rules apply:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
ECMA\-119 demands ASCII characters out of [A\-Z0\-9_]. Like:
|
2008-02-11 15:07:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
"IMAGE_23"
|
2008-02-11 15:07:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Joliet allows 16 UCS\-2 characters. Like:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"Windows name"
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Be aware that the volume id might get used automatically as the name of the
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
mount point when the medium is inserted into a playful computer system.
|
2008-01-14 22:47:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-02-08 17:52:43 +00:00
|
|
|
If an ISO image gets loaded while the volume ID is set to default "ISOIMAGE"
|
|
|
|
or to "", then the volume ID of the loaded image will become the effective
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
volume id for the next write run. But as soon as command \-volid is performed
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
afterwards, this pending ID is overridden by the new setting.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Consider this when setting \-volid "ISOIMAGE" before executing \-dev, \-indev,
|
|
|
|
or \-rollback.
|
|
|
|
If you insist in \-volid "ISOIMAGE", set it again after those commands.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-10-07 18:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-volset_id\fR text
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the volume set ID string to be written with the next \-commit.
|
2009-10-07 18:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Permissible are up to 128 characters. This setting gets overridden by
|
|
|
|
image loading.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-09-05 11:52:17 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-publisher\fR text
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the publisher ID string to be written with the next \-commit. This may
|
2009-10-07 08:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
identify the person or organisation who specified what shall be recorded.
|
|
|
|
Permissible are up to 128 characters. This setting gets overridden by
|
|
|
|
image loading.
|
2008-09-05 11:52:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-11-04 16:22:51 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-application_id\fR text
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the application ID string to be written with the next \-commit. This may
|
2009-10-07 08:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
identify the specification of how the data are recorded.
|
|
|
|
Permissible are up to 128 characters. This setting gets overridden by
|
|
|
|
image loading.
|
2010-07-30 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
The special text "@xorriso@" gets converted to the ID string of
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
which is normally written as \-preparer_id. It is a wrong tradition to write
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
the program ID as \-application_id.
|
2008-11-04 16:22:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-10-07 18:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-system_id\fR text
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the system ID string to be written with the next \-commit. This may
|
2009-10-07 18:04:53 +00:00
|
|
|
identify the system which can recognize and act upon the content of the
|
|
|
|
System Area in image blocks 0 to 15.
|
|
|
|
Permissible are up to 32 characters. This setting gets overridden by
|
|
|
|
image loading.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-04-07 20:27:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-volume_date\fR type timestring
|
|
|
|
Set one of the four overall timestamps for subsequent image writing.
|
|
|
|
Available types are:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"c" time when the volume was created.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"m" time when volume was last modified.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"x" time when the information in the volume expires.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"f" time since when the volume is effectively valid.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-08-16 13:18:31 +00:00
|
|
|
"all_file_dates" sets mtime, atime, and ctime of all files and
|
2016-08-20 10:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
directories to the given time. If the timestring is "set_to_mtime", then the
|
|
|
|
atime and ctime of each file and directory get set to the value found in their
|
|
|
|
mtime.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
These actions stay delayed until actual ISO production begins.
|
|
|
|
Up to then they can be revoked by "all_file_dates" with empty timestring
|
|
|
|
or timestring "default".
|
2016-08-16 13:18:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The timestamps of the El Torito boot catalog file get refreshed when the ISO
|
|
|
|
is produced. They can be influenced by "uuid".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"uuid" sets a timestring that overrides "c" and "m" times literally and sets
|
|
|
|
the time of the El Torito boot catalog.
|
2010-04-07 20:27:05 +00:00
|
|
|
It must consist of 16 decimal digits which form YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc, with
|
2010-04-08 18:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
YYYY between 1970 and 2999. Time zone is GMT.
|
2010-04-07 20:27:05 +00:00
|
|
|
It is supposed to match this GRUB line:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
search \-\-fs\-uuid \-\-set YYYY\-MM\-DD\-hh\-mm\-ss\-cc
|
2010-04-07 20:27:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g. 2010040711405800 is 7 Apr 2010 11:40:58 (+0 centiseconds).
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Timestrings for the other types may be given as with command \-alter_date.
|
2013-03-12 19:49:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Some of them are prone to timezone computations. The timestrings "default" or
|
2010-04-07 20:27:05 +00:00
|
|
|
"overridden" cause default settings: "c" and "m" will show the current time
|
|
|
|
of image creation. "x" and "f" will be marked as insignificant.
|
|
|
|
"uuid" will be deactivated.
|
2016-08-07 19:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
At \-commit time, some timestamps get set to the maximum value of effectively
|
|
|
|
written volume creation and modification time: El Torito boot catalog,
|
|
|
|
HFS+ superblock, ECMA\-119 file modification time if \-compliance "no_rec_mtime".
|
|
|
|
The isohybrid MBR id is computed from "uuid" if given, else from the effective
|
|
|
|
volume modification date.
|
2010-04-07 20:27:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-06-26 11:40:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-copyright_file\fR text
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the copyright file name to be written with the next \-commit. This should
|
2010-06-26 11:40:36 +00:00
|
|
|
be the ISO 9660 path of a file in the image which contains a copyright
|
|
|
|
statement.
|
|
|
|
Permissible are up to 37 characters. This setting gets overridden by
|
|
|
|
image loading.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-abstract_file\fR text
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the abstract file name to be written with the next \-commit. This should
|
2010-06-26 11:40:36 +00:00
|
|
|
be the ISO 9660 path of a file in the image which contains an abstract
|
|
|
|
statement about the image content.
|
|
|
|
Permissible are up to 37 characters. This setting gets overridden by
|
|
|
|
image loading.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-biblio_file\fR text
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the biblio file name to be written with the next \-commit. This should
|
2010-06-26 11:40:36 +00:00
|
|
|
be the ISO 9660 path of a file in the image which contains bibliographic
|
|
|
|
records.
|
|
|
|
Permissible are up to 37 characters. This setting gets overridden by
|
|
|
|
image loading.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2019-12-23 11:39:32 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-preparer_id\fR text
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the preparer ID string to be written with the next \-commit. This may
|
2010-07-30 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
identify the person or other entity which controls the preparation of the data
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
which shall be recorded. Normally this should be the ID of \fBxorriso\fR
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
and not of the person or program which operates \fBxorriso\fR.
|
|
|
|
Please avoid to change it. Permissible are up to 128 characters.
|
2010-07-30 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
The special text "@xorriso@" gets converted to the ID string of
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR which is default at program startup.
|
2010-07-30 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Unlike other ID strings, this setting is not influenced by image loading.
|
2010-07-30 15:52:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2013-08-04 10:21:14 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-application_use\fR character|0xXY|disk_path
|
|
|
|
Specify the content of the Application Use field which can take at most
|
|
|
|
512 bytes.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If the parameter of this command is empty, then the field is filled
|
|
|
|
with 512 0\-bytes. If it is a single character, then it gets repeated 512 times.
|
|
|
|
If it begins by "0x" followed by two hex digits [0\-9a\-fA\-F], then the digits
|
|
|
|
are read as byte value which gets repeated 512 times.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Any other parameter text is used as disk_path to open a data file and to
|
|
|
|
read up to 512 bytes from it. If the file is smaller than 512 bytes, then the
|
|
|
|
remaining bytes in the field get set to binary 0.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
This setting is not influenced by image loading.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-11-03 11:57:57 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-out_charset\fR character_set_name
|
|
|
|
Set the character set to which file names get converted when writing an
|
|
|
|
image. See paragraph "Character sets" for more explanations.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
When loading the written image after \-commit the setting of \-out_charset
|
|
|
|
will be copied to \-in_charset.
|
2008-11-03 11:57:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-uid\fR uid
|
|
|
|
User id to be used for all files when the new ISO tree gets written to media.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-gid\fR gid
|
|
|
|
Group id to be used for all files when the new ISO tree gets written to media.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2020-10-14 20:59:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-zisofs\fR parameter[:parameters]
|
2009-04-11 17:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
Set global parameters for zisofs compression. This data format is recognized
|
|
|
|
and transparently uncompressed by some Linux kernels. It is to be applied
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
via command \-set_filter with built\-in filter "\-\-zisofs".
|
2020-10-14 20:59:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Note: This command is only permitted while no \-\-zisofs filters are applied to
|
|
|
|
any files.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-11 17:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
Parameters are:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"level="[0\-9] zlib compression: 0=none, 1=fast,..., 9=slow
|
2009-04-11 17:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2020-10-14 20:59:35 +00:00
|
|
|
"block_size="32k|64k|128k sets the size of version 1 compression blocks.
|
2009-04-11 17:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-14 09:23:06 +00:00
|
|
|
"by_magic=on" enables an expensive test at image generation time which checks
|
|
|
|
files from disk whether they already are zisofs compressed, e.g. by program
|
2020-10-27 11:38:52 +00:00
|
|
|
mkzftree. "by_magic=v2" enables processing of already zisofs2 compressed files
|
|
|
|
additionally to those of zisofs version 1. "by_magic=off" disables both.
|
2009-04-14 09:23:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2020-10-29 08:31:48 +00:00
|
|
|
"version_2="off|as_needed|on controls compression by experimental version
|
2020-10-27 11:38:52 +00:00
|
|
|
zisofs2 which can encode files of size 4 GiB or larger. The Linux kernel
|
|
|
|
(as of 5.9) does not yet know this format and will complain like
|
2020-10-14 20:59:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
isofs: Unknown ZF compression algorithm: PZ
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The files will then appear in their compressed form with zisofs2 header,
|
|
|
|
block pointer list, and compressed data.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
zisofs2 is recognized by xorriso in files from loaded images and gets equipped
|
|
|
|
with \-\-zisofs\-decode filters, unless restrictions on the number of
|
|
|
|
block pointers prevent this.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "off" restricts compression to files smaller than 4 GiB uncompressed size.
|
|
|
|
Mode "as_needed" uses zisofs2 for larger files. Mode "on" uses zisofs2 for all
|
|
|
|
zisofs compressed files.
|
2020-10-29 08:31:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"susp_z2="off|on controls production of SUSP entries "Z2" instead of "ZF"
|
|
|
|
with zisofs2 compressed files. Unaware Linux kernels are supposed to silently
|
|
|
|
ignore "Z2" entries.
|
2020-10-14 20:59:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"block_size_v2="32k|64k|128k|256k|512k|1m sets the size of compression blocks
|
|
|
|
for zisofs2.
|
2020-10-17 13:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"bpt_target="\-1|>0 sets a number of block pointers per file, which is
|
|
|
|
considered low enough to justify a reduction of block size. If this number is
|
|
|
|
larger than 0, then block sizes smaller than the settings of block_size= or
|
|
|
|
block_size_v2= are tried whether they yield not more block pointers than the
|
|
|
|
given number. If so, the smallest suitable block size is applied.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The inavoidable final block pointer counts. E.g. a file of 55 KiB has 3 block
|
|
|
|
pointers if block size is 32k, and 2 block pointers with block size 64k.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
bpt_target=\-1 disables this automatic block size adjustment.
|
2020-10-14 20:59:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2020-10-25 16:04:24 +00:00
|
|
|
"max_bpt="1k...128g sets the limit for the overall allocated block pointer
|
2020-10-14 20:59:35 +00:00
|
|
|
memory. Block pointers occupy virtual memory while a file gets uncompressed
|
|
|
|
and while a file, which shall be compressed, waits for ISO filesystem creation.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
One pointer occupies 8 bytes of memory and governs block_size or block_size_v2
|
2020-10-17 13:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
uncompressed bytes. I.e. with block size 128k, 1m of block pointer memory
|
|
|
|
suffices for at most 16g of uncompressed file size. Each file consumes one end
|
|
|
|
block pointer, independently of the file size. Partially filled end blocks
|
|
|
|
may further reduce the effective payload.
|
2020-10-14 20:59:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2020-10-25 16:04:24 +00:00
|
|
|
In case of overflow of the max_bpt limit while adding compression filters
|
|
|
|
the program tries to go on by discarding all buffered block pointers of
|
|
|
|
previously added \-\-zisofs filters. From then on all newly added filters will
|
|
|
|
discard their block pointers immediately after being added.
|
|
|
|
Discarded block pointers cause an additional read and compression run of the
|
|
|
|
input file during the production of the ISO filesystem.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"max_bpt_f="1k...128g sets the limit for the memory size of the block
|
2020-10-14 20:59:35 +00:00
|
|
|
pointer list of a single file. max_bpt_f is never larger than max_bpt.
|
|
|
|
If either is set to violate this rule, the other gets set to the same value.
|
2020-10-22 11:42:51 +00:00
|
|
|
If both values are the same before a change by max_bpt= or max_bpt_f=, then
|
|
|
|
both limits stick together unless the limit is decreased by max_bpt_f=.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2020-10-25 16:04:24 +00:00
|
|
|
"bpt_free_ratio="\-1|0.0...1.0 sets a threshold for switching to block
|
2020-10-22 11:42:51 +00:00
|
|
|
pointer discarding during compression. If less than the given fraction of the
|
|
|
|
max_bpt_f= memory is free, then block pointers of compression filters get
|
2020-10-25 16:04:24 +00:00
|
|
|
discarded immediately after being added. Value \-1 disables this feature.
|
2020-10-22 11:42:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"default" is the same as "level=6:block_size=32k:by_magic=off:
|
2020-10-29 08:31:48 +00:00
|
|
|
version_2=off:block_size_v2=128k:susp_z2=off:max_bpt=256m:max_bpt_f=256m:
|
2020-10-25 16:04:24 +00:00
|
|
|
bpt_free_ratio=\-1".
|
2009-04-11 17:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2013-10-08 17:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-speed\fR code|number[k|m|c|d|b]
|
|
|
|
Set the burn speed. Default is "max" (or "0") = maximum speed as announced
|
|
|
|
by the drive.
|
|
|
|
Further special speed codes are:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"min" (or "\-1") selects minimum speed as announced by the drive.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"none" avoids to send a speed setting command to the drive before
|
|
|
|
burning begins.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Speed can be given in media dependent numbers or as a
|
|
|
|
desired throughput per second in MMC compliant kB (= 1000)
|
2016-02-05 14:57:52 +00:00
|
|
|
or MB (= 1000 kB). Media x\-speed factor can be set explicitly
|
2008-07-16 14:00:01 +00:00
|
|
|
by "c" for CD, "d" for DVD, "b" for BD, "x" is optional.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Example speeds:
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
706k = 706kB/s = 4c = 4xCD
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
5540k = 5540kB/s = 4d = 4xDVD
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If there is no hint about the speed unit attached, then the
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
medium in the \-outdev will decide. Default unit is CD = 176.4k.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
MMC drives usually activate their own idea of speed and take
|
|
|
|
the speed value given by the burn program only as upper limit
|
|
|
|
for their own decision.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-02-28 18:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-stream_recording\fR "on"|"off"|"full"|"data"|number
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting "on" tries to circumvent the management of defects on DVD\-RAM, BD\-RE,
|
|
|
|
or BD\-R. Defect management keeps partly damaged media usable. But it reduces
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
write speed to half nominal speed even if the medium is in perfect shape.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
For the case of flawless media, one may use \-stream_recording "on" to get
|
2008-05-27 20:14:51 +00:00
|
|
|
full speed.
|
2009-02-28 18:13:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"full" tries full speed with all write operations, whereas "on" does this
|
|
|
|
only above byte address 32s. One may give a number of at least 16s
|
|
|
|
in order to set an own address limit.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"data" causes full speed to start when superblock and directory entries are
|
|
|
|
written and writing of file content blocks begins.
|
2008-05-27 20:14:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2021-09-12 09:27:54 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-dvd_obs\fR "default"|"32k"|"64k"|"obs_pad"|"bdr_obs_exempt"
|
2010-02-12 21:29:36 +00:00
|
|
|
GNU/Linux specific:
|
2009-11-17 13:41:28 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the number of bytes to be transmitted with each write operation to DVD
|
|
|
|
or BD media. A number of 64 KB may improve throughput with bus systems which
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
show latency problems. The default depends on media type, on command
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-stream_recording , and on compile time options.
|
2021-09-12 09:27:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
On all systems:
|
|
|
|
"obs_pad" pads the data of the last write operation of a DVD\-R[W] DAO session
|
|
|
|
or BD\-R session up to the full size of an output chunk.
|
|
|
|
This padding has to be applied automatically to the other DVD and BD media
|
|
|
|
types, where it causes e.g. ISO images to have trailing unclaimed blocks.
|
|
|
|
Whether it is applied automatically to BD\-R depends on "bdr_obs_exempt".
|
|
|
|
"obs_pad" can be disabled by "no_obs_pad".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"bdr_obs_exempt" exempts BD\-R media from automatic unconditional transaction
|
|
|
|
end padding, provided that this padding is not requested by "obs_pad" and that
|
|
|
|
no stream_recording is requested. "bdr_obs_exempt" can be disabled by
|
|
|
|
"no_obs_exempt".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
This is a new feature introduced with version 1.5.6. It might become default
|
|
|
|
in later versions.
|
2009-11-17 13:41:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-modesty_on_drive\fR parameter[:parameters]
|
|
|
|
Control whether the drive buffer shall be kept from getting completely filled.
|
|
|
|
Parameter "on" (or "1") keeps the program from trying to write to the burner
|
|
|
|
drive while its buffer is in danger to be filled over a given limit.
|
|
|
|
If this limit is exceeded then the program will wait until the filling
|
|
|
|
reaches a given low percentage value.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
This can ease the load on operating system and drive controller and thus help
|
|
|
|
with achieving better input bandwidth if disk and burner are not on independent
|
2016-03-18 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
controllers (like hda and hdb). It may also help with throughput problems of
|
|
|
|
simultaneous burns on different burners with Linux kernels like 3.16, if one
|
|
|
|
has reason not to fix the problem by \-scsi_dev_family "sg".
|
|
|
|
On the other hand it increases the risk of buffer underflow and thus
|
|
|
|
reduced write speed.
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Some burners are not suitable because they
|
|
|
|
report buffer fill with granularity too coarse in size or time,
|
|
|
|
or expect their buffer to be filled to the top before they go to full speed.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Parameters "off" or "0" disable this feature.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-02-05 14:57:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The threshold for beginning to wait is given by parameter "max_percent=".
|
|
|
|
Parameter "min_percent=" defines the threshold for resuming transmission.
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Percentages are permissible in the range of 25 to 100. Numbers in this
|
|
|
|
range without a prepended name are interpreted as "on:min_percent=".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g.: \-modesty_on_drive 75
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The optimal values depend on the buffer behavior of the drive.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-08-30 18:48:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Parameter "timeout_sec=" defines after which time of unsuccessful waiting
|
|
|
|
the modesty shall be disabled because it does not work.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Parameter "min_usec=" defines the initial sleeping period in microseconds.
|
|
|
|
If the drive buffer appears to be too full for sending more data, the
|
|
|
|
program will wait the given time and inquire the buffer fill state again.
|
|
|
|
If repeated inquiry shows not enough free space, the sleep time will
|
|
|
|
slowly be increased to what parameter "max_usec=" defines.
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Parameters, which are not mentioned with a \-modesty_on_drive command,
|
|
|
|
stay unchanged.
|
|
|
|
Default is:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-12-02 20:11:09 +00:00
|
|
|
\-modesty_on_drive off:min_percent=90:max_percent=95:
|
|
|
|
timeout_sec=120:min_usec=5000:max_usec=25000
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2016-07-31 07:38:41 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-use_immed_bit\fR "on"|"off"|"default"
|
|
|
|
Control whether several long lasting SCSI commands shall be executed with the
|
|
|
|
Immed bit, which makes the commands end early while the drive operation is
|
|
|
|
still going on. xorriso then inquires progress indication until the drive
|
|
|
|
reports to be ready again. If this feature is turned off, then blanking and
|
|
|
|
formatting will show no progress indication.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
It may depend on the operating system whether \-use_immed_bit is set to "off"
|
|
|
|
by default. Command \-status will tell by appending "/on" or "/off" if a drive
|
|
|
|
has already been acquired and \-use_immed_bit is currently set to "default".
|
|
|
|
Command \-use_immed_bit tolerates and ignores such appended text.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2014-04-08 09:18:14 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-stdio_sync\fR "on"|"off"|"end"|number
|
2009-11-17 13:41:28 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the number of bytes after which to force output to stdio: pseudo drives.
|
|
|
|
This forcing keeps the memory from being clogged with lots of
|
|
|
|
pending data for slow devices. Default "on" is the same as "16m".
|
2014-04-08 09:18:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Forced output can be disabled by "off", or be delayed by "end" until all
|
|
|
|
data are produced. If a number is chosen, then it must be at least 64k.
|
2009-11-17 13:41:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 19:50:24 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-dummy\fR "on"|"off"
|
2008-05-27 20:14:51 +00:00
|
|
|
If "on" then simulate burning or refuse with FAILURE event if
|
2007-12-15 18:31:39 +00:00
|
|
|
no simulation is possible, do neither blank nor format.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-fs\fR number["k"|"m"]
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the size of the fifo buffer which smoothens the data
|
|
|
|
stream from ISO image generation to media burning. Default
|
2007-10-23 12:28:36 +00:00
|
|
|
is 4 MiB, minimum 64 kiB, maximum 1 GiB.
|
|
|
|
The number may be followed by letter "k" or "m"
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
which means unit is kiB (= 1024) or MiB (= 1024 kiB).
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2013-10-20 12:56:01 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-close\fR "on"|"off"|"as_needed"
|
|
|
|
If \-close is set to "on" then mark the written medium as not appendable
|
|
|
|
any more. This will have no effect on overwritable media types.
|
|
|
|
Setting "on" is the contrary of cdrecord option \-multi,
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
and is one aspect of growisofs option \-dvd\-compat.
|
2013-10-20 12:56:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If set to "off" then keep the medium writable for an appended session.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If set to "as_needed" then use "on" only if "off" is predicted to
|
2013-10-28 15:10:35 +00:00
|
|
|
fail with the given medium and its state.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Not all drives correctly recognize fast\-blanked DVD\-RW which need "on".
|
|
|
|
If there is well founded suspicion that a burn run failed due to
|
|
|
|
\-close "off", then \-close "as_needed" causes a re\-try with "on".
|
2013-10-20 12:56:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Note that emulation command \-as "cdrecord" temporarily overrides
|
|
|
|
the current setting of \-close by its own default \-close "on" if
|
|
|
|
its option \-multi is missing.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-07-08 13:47:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-write_type\fR "auto"|"tao"|"sao/dao"
|
|
|
|
Set the write type for the next burn run. "auto" will select SAO with blank
|
2012-10-24 09:59:13 +00:00
|
|
|
CD media, DAO with blank DVD\-R[W] if \-close is "on", and elsewise CD TAO or the
|
2012-07-08 13:47:36 +00:00
|
|
|
equivalent write type of the particular DVD/BD media.
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Choosing TAO or SAO/DAO explicitly might cause the burn run to fail if the
|
2012-07-08 13:47:36 +00:00
|
|
|
desired write type is not possible with the given media state.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-padding\fR number["k"|"m"]|"included"|"appended"
|
2008-02-05 16:27:10 +00:00
|
|
|
Append the given number of extra bytes to the image stream.
|
|
|
|
This is a traditional remedy for a traditional bug in block
|
|
|
|
device read drivers. Needed only for CD recordings in TAO mode.
|
|
|
|
Since one can hardly predict on what media an image might end up,
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR adds the traditional 300k of padding by default to
|
|
|
|
all images.
|
2008-02-05 16:27:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
For images which will never get to a CD it is safe to use \-padding 0 .
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Normally padding is not written as part of the ISO image but appended
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
after the image end. This is \-padding mode "appended".
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Emulation command \-as "mkisofs" and command \-jigdo cause padding to be
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
written as part of the image.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The same effect is achieved by \-padding mode "included".
|
2008-02-05 16:27:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Bootable ISO images:
|
2008-09-28 11:33:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2008-09-30 17:50:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Contrary to published specifications many BIOSes will load an El Torito
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
record from the first session on media and not from the last one, which
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
gets mounted by default. This makes no problems with overwritable media,
|
2008-09-30 17:50:14 +00:00
|
|
|
because they appear to inadverted readers as one single session.
|
2008-09-30 10:28:46 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
But with multi\-session media CD\-R[W], DVD\-R[W], DVD+R, it implies that the
|
2008-10-04 17:32:45 +00:00
|
|
|
whole bootable system has to reside already in the first session and that
|
|
|
|
the last session still has to bear all files which the booted system expects
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
after mounting the ISO image.
|
2008-09-30 10:28:46 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
If a boot image from ISOLINUX or GRUB is known to be present on media then
|
|
|
|
it is advised to patch it
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
when a follow\-up session gets written. But one should not rely on the
|
2008-09-30 10:28:46 +00:00
|
|
|
capability to influence the bootability of the existing sessions, unless one
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
can assume overwritable media.
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-09-12 14:38:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Normally the boot images are data files inside the ISO filesystem. By
|
|
|
|
special path "\-\-interval:appended_partition_NNN:all::" it is possible to
|
|
|
|
refer to an appended partition. The number NNN gives the partition number
|
2018-03-23 17:43:03 +00:00
|
|
|
as used with the corresponding command \-append_partition.
|
2016-09-12 14:38:22 +00:00
|
|
|
E.g.:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-append_partition 2 0xef /tmp/efi.img
|
2018-03-23 17:43:03 +00:00
|
|
|
\-boot_image any efi_path=\-\-interval:appended_partition_2:all::
|
2016-09-12 14:38:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
There are booting mechanisms which do not use an El Torito record but rather
|
2014-10-28 14:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
start at the first bytes of the image: PC\-BIOS MBR or EFI GPT for
|
|
|
|
hard\-disk\-like devices,
|
|
|
|
APM partition entries for Macs which expect HFS+ boot images,
|
2015-02-28 14:31:04 +00:00
|
|
|
MIPS Volume Header for old SGI computers,
|
|
|
|
DEC Boot Block for old MIPS DECstation,
|
|
|
|
SUN Disk Label for SPARC machines,
|
|
|
|
HP\-PA boot sector for HP PA\-RISC machines,
|
|
|
|
DEC Alpha SRM boot sector for old DEC Alpha machines.
|
2015-04-23 14:23:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Several of the following commands expect disk paths as input but also accept
|
|
|
|
description strings for the libisofs interval reader, which is able to cut
|
|
|
|
out data from disk files or \-indev and to zeroize parts of the content:
|
|
|
|
command \-append_partition,
|
|
|
|
boot specs system_area=, grub2_mbr=, prep_boot_part=, efi_boot_part=.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The description string consists
|
|
|
|
of the following components, separated by colon ':'
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"\-\-interval:"Flags":"Interval":"Zeroizers":"Source
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The component "\-\-interval" states that this is not
|
|
|
|
a plain disk path but rather an interval reader description string.
|
|
|
|
The component Flags modifies the further interpretation:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"local_fs" demands to read from a file depicted by the path in Source.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"imported_iso" demands to read from the \-indev. This works only if \-outdev
|
|
|
|
is not the same as \-indev. The Source component is ignored.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-09-12 14:38:22 +00:00
|
|
|
"appended_partition_NNN" with a decimal number NNN works only for \-boot_image
|
|
|
|
bootspecs which announce El Torito boot image paths: bin_path=, efi_path=.
|
|
|
|
The number gives the partition number as used with the corresponding
|
2019-02-18 12:19:32 +00:00
|
|
|
command \-append_partition.
|
2016-09-12 14:38:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-04-23 14:23:45 +00:00
|
|
|
The component Interval consists of two byte address numbers separated by a "\-" character. E.g. "0\-429" means to read bytes 0 to 429.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The component Zeroizers consists of zero or more comma separated strings.
|
|
|
|
They define which part of the read data to zeroize. Byte number 0 means
|
|
|
|
the byte read from the Interval start address.
|
|
|
|
Each string may be one of:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"zero_mbrpt" demands to zeroize the MBR partition table if
|
|
|
|
bytes 510 and 511 bear the MBR signature 0x55 0xaa.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"zero_gpt" demands to check for a GPT header in bytes 512 to 1023,
|
|
|
|
to zeroize it and its partition table blocks.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"zero_apm" demands to check for an APM block 0 and to zeroize
|
|
|
|
its partition table blocks.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Start_byte"\-"End_byte demands to zeroize the read\-in bytes beginning
|
|
|
|
with number Start_byte and ending after End_byte.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The component Source is the file path with flag "local_fs", and ignored with
|
|
|
|
flag "imported_iso".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Byte numbers may be scaled by a suffix out of {k,m,g,t,s,d} meaning
|
|
|
|
multiplication by {1024, 1024k, 1024m, 1024g, 2048, 512}. A scaled value
|
|
|
|
end number depicts the last byte of the scaled range.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g. "0d\-0d" is "0\-511".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"local_fs:0\-32767:zero_mbrpt,zero_gpt,440\-443:/tmp/template.iso"
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"imported_iso:45056d\-47103d::"
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-09-28 11:33:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-boot_image\fR "any"|"isolinux"|"grub"
|
2008-10-26 13:49:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-09-06 19:43:08 +00:00
|
|
|
"discard"|"keep"|"patch"|"replay"|"show_status"|
|
|
|
|
bootspec|"next"
|
2008-10-26 13:49:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-10-28 14:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
Define the equipment of the emerging filesystem with boot entry points.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
With systems which boot via BIOS or EFI this is a set of El Torito
|
|
|
|
boot images, possibly MBR boot code, and possibly partition tables of
|
|
|
|
type MBR, GPT, or APM.
|
|
|
|
Such file sets get produced by boot loader systems like ISOLINUX or GRUB.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-10-28 14:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Each \-boot_image command has two parameters: type and setting. More than one
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-boot_image command may be used to define the handling of one or more boot
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
images. Sequence matters.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Types \fBisolinux\fR and \fBgrub\fR care for known peculiarities.
|
|
|
|
Type \fBany\fR makes
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
no assumptions about the origin of the boot images.
|
2008-02-11 09:48:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-09-28 11:33:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-10-28 14:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
When loading an ISO filesystem, system area and El Torito boot images get
|
|
|
|
loaded, too. The default behavior is not to write loaded El Torito boot images
|
|
|
|
and to write the loaded system area content without alterations.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBdiscard\fR gives up the El Torito boot catalog and its boot images.
|
|
|
|
regardless whether loaded from an ISO filesystem or defined by commands.
|
|
|
|
Any BIOS or EFI related boot options get revoked.
|
|
|
|
Nevertheless, loaded system area data stay valid. If desired, they have to be
|
|
|
|
erased by
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-boot_image any system_area=/dev/zero
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBkeep\fR keeps or copies El Torito boot images unaltered and writes a new catalog.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBpatch\fR applies patching to existing El Torito boot images
|
|
|
|
if they seem to bear a boot info table.
|
2008-02-11 09:48:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
A boot info table needs to be patched when the boot image gets newly
|
|
|
|
introduced into the ISO image or if an existing image gets relocated.
|
|
|
|
This is automatically done if type "isolinux" or "grub"
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
is given, but not with "any".
|
2008-10-26 13:49:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-29 13:33:34 +00:00
|
|
|
If patching is enabled, then boot images from previous sessions will
|
|
|
|
be checked whether they seem to bear a boot info table. If not,
|
|
|
|
then they stay unpatched. This check is not infallible. So if
|
|
|
|
you do know that the images need no patching, use "any" "keep".
|
|
|
|
"grub" "patch" will not patch EFI images (platform_id=0xef).
|
2008-02-11 09:48:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-09-06 19:43:08 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBreplay\fR is a more modern version of "patch", which not only cares
|
|
|
|
for existing El Torito boot equipment but also for the recognizable
|
|
|
|
boot provisions in the System Area. It discards any existing \-boot_image
|
|
|
|
setting and executes the commands proposed by command \-report_el_torito "cmd".
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-09-17 12:12:41 +00:00
|
|
|
This action will only succeed if the file objects mentioned in the
|
|
|
|
output of command \-report_el_torito "cmd" are still available. Do not
|
|
|
|
remove or rename boot image files after \-indev.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-09-06 19:43:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Drop unknown El Torito: \-boot_image "any" "discard"
|
2008-09-26 16:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-09-06 19:43:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Maintain recognizable stuff: \-boot_image "any" "replay"
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
El Torito only for GRUB: \-boot_image "grub" "patch"
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
El Torito only for ISOLINUX: \-boot_image "isolinux" "patch"
|
2010-04-29 13:33:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBshow_status\fR will print what is known about the loaded boot images
|
|
|
|
and their designated fate.
|
2008-09-26 16:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-09-28 11:33:47 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
A \fBbootspec\fR is a word of the form name=value. It is used to describe
|
2014-10-28 14:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
the parameters of a boot feature.
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
The names "dir", "bin_path", "efi_path" lead to El Torito bootable images.
|
2014-10-28 14:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
Name "system_area" activates a given file as MBR or other disk header.
|
2008-10-20 18:08:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
On all media types this is possible within the first session. In further
|
|
|
|
sessions an existing boot image can get replaced by a new one, but depending
|
|
|
|
on the media type this may have few effect at boot time. See above.
|
2008-09-30 10:28:46 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-10-28 14:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
El Torito boot images have to be added to the ISO image by
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
normal means (image loading, \-map, \-add, ...). In case of ISOLINUX the files
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
should reside either in ISO image directory /isolinux or in /boot/isolinux .
|
2014-09-30 18:18:58 +00:00
|
|
|
In that case it suffices to use as bootspec the text "\fBdir=/isolinux\fR"
|
|
|
|
or "dir=/boot/isolinux". E.g.:
|
2008-09-26 16:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-boot_image isolinux dir=/boot/isolinux
|
2008-09-26 16:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-10-04 17:32:45 +00:00
|
|
|
which bundles these individual settings:
|
2008-09-26 16:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-boot_image isolinux bin_path=/boot/isolinux/isolinux.bin
|
2008-09-26 16:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-boot_image isolinux cat_path=/boot/isolinux/boot.cat
|
2008-09-26 16:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-boot_image isolinux load_size=2048
|
2008-09-26 16:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-boot_image any boot_info_table=on
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-10-04 17:32:45 +00:00
|
|
|
An El Torito boot catalog file gets inserted into the ISO image with address
|
2016-08-07 19:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBcat_path=\fR with the first \-boot_image "any" "next" or at \-commit time.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
It is subject to normal \-overwrite and \-reassure processing if there is already
|
2008-09-28 11:33:47 +00:00
|
|
|
a file with the same name.
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
The catalog lists the boot images and is read by the boot facility to choose
|
2010-06-19 15:21:36 +00:00
|
|
|
one of the boot images. But it is not necessary that it appears in the
|
|
|
|
directory tree at all. One may hide it in all trees by \fBcat_hidden=on\fR.
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Other possible values are "iso_rr", "joliet", "hfsplus", and the default "off".
|
2016-08-07 19:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
The timestamps of the boot catalog file are refreshed at commit time.
|
|
|
|
Command \-volume_date "uuid" can be used to set their value.
|
2008-10-02 09:24:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-10-28 14:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBbin_path=\fR depicts an El Torito boot image file, a binary program
|
|
|
|
which is to be started by the hardware boot facility (e.g. the BIOS)
|
|
|
|
at boot time.
|
2010-08-18 18:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-10-28 14:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBefi_path=\fR depicts an El Torito boot image file that is ready for
|
|
|
|
EFI booting. This is normally a FAT filesystem image not larger than
|
|
|
|
65535 blocks of 512 bytes (= 32 MiB \- 512).
|
2010-08-18 18:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Its load_size is determined automatically, no boot info table gets
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
written, no boot medium gets emulated, platform_id is 0xef.
|
2010-08-18 18:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBemul_type=\fR can be one of "no_emulation", "hard_disk", "diskette".
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
It controls the boot medium emulation code of a boot image.
|
2010-08-18 18:17:14 +00:00
|
|
|
The default "no_emulation" is suitable for ISOLINUX, GRUB, FreeBSD cdboot.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBload_size=\fR is a value which depends on the boot image.
|
2016-11-13 10:13:33 +00:00
|
|
|
Default is 2048 which matches the expectations of most boot images.
|
|
|
|
The special value "full" means the full size of the boot image file
|
|
|
|
rounded up to a multiple of 2048 bytes. Maximum is 33,552,384 bytes.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-04-14 17:49:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBboot_info_table=on\fR causes address patching to bytes 8 to 63
|
|
|
|
of the boot image which is given by "any" "bin_path=".
|
|
|
|
"boot_info_table=off" disables this patching.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBgrub2_boot_info=on\fR causes address patching to byte 2548
|
|
|
|
of the boot image which is given by "any" "bin_path=".
|
|
|
|
The address is written as 64 bit little\-endian number. It is the
|
|
|
|
2KB block address of the boot image content, multiplied by 4,
|
|
|
|
and then incremented by 5.
|
|
|
|
"grub2_boot_info=off" disables this patching.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-10-28 14:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBplatform_id=\fR defines by a hexadecimal or decimal number
|
|
|
|
the Platform ID of the boot image. "0x00" is 80x86 PC\-BIOS, "0x01" is PowerPC,
|
|
|
|
"0x02" is Mac, "0xef" is EFI (decimal "239").
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBid_string=\fRtext|56_hexdigits defines the ID string of the boot catalog
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
section where the boot image will be listed. If the value consists of 56
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
characters [0\-9A\-Fa\-f] then it is converted into 28 bytes, else the first
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
28 characters become the ID string.
|
|
|
|
The ID string of the first boot image becomes the overall catalog ID.
|
|
|
|
It is limited to 24 characters. Other id_strings become section IDs.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBsel_crit=\fRhexdigits defines the Selection Criteria of the boot image.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Up to 20 bytes get read from the given characters [0\-9A\-Fa\-f].
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
They get attributed to the boot image entry in the catalog.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-29 13:33:34 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBnext\fR ends the definition of a boot image and starts a new one.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Any following \-bootimage bootspecs will affect the new image.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
The first "next" discards loaded boot images and their catalog.
|
2010-04-29 13:33:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBsystem_area=\fRdisk_path copies at most 32768 bytes from the given
|
|
|
|
disk file to the very start of the ISO image.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
This System Area is reserved for system dependent boot software, e.g. an MBR
|
|
|
|
which can be used to boot from USB stick or hard disk.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-09-30 18:18:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Other than an El Torito boot image, the file disk_path needs not to be added
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
to the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-09-30 18:18:58 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-boot_image isolinux system_area=\fR implies "partition_table=on".
|
|
|
|
In this case, the disk path should lead to one of the SYSLINUX files
|
|
|
|
isohdp[fp]x*.bin or to a file which was derived from one of those files.
|
|
|
|
E.g. to the first 512 bytes from an ISOLINUX isohybrid ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
In this case, El Torito boot images (dir=, bin_path=, efi_path=)
|
|
|
|
may be augmented by
|
|
|
|
\fBisolinux partition_entry=gpt_basdat\fR
|
|
|
|
or \fBisolinux partition_entry=gpt_hfsplus\fR,
|
|
|
|
and by \fBisolinux partition_entry=apm_hfsplus\fR.
|
2020-09-11 10:23:50 +00:00
|
|
|
The boot image will then be mentioned in an invalid GPT as Basic Data
|
|
|
|
or GPT HFS+ partition, and in a valid APM as HFS+ partition.
|
|
|
|
The first three GPT partitions will also be marked by MBR partitions. The
|
|
|
|
MBR partition of type 0xEF is what actually is used by EFI firmware for
|
|
|
|
booting from USB stick.
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-10-28 14:07:32 +00:00
|
|
|
In multi\-session situations the existing System Area is preserved by default.
|
|
|
|
In in this case, the special disk_path "." prevents reading of
|
|
|
|
a disk file but nevertheless causes adjustments in the
|
|
|
|
loaded system area data. Such adjustments may get ordered by \-boot_image
|
|
|
|
commands.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-08-12 18:57:21 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-boot_image any gpt_disk_guid=\fRvalue controls whether an emerging GPT
|
|
|
|
shall get a randomly generated disk GUID or whether the GUID is supplied by
|
|
|
|
the user.
|
|
|
|
Value "random" is default. Value "volume_date_uuid" produces a low quality
|
|
|
|
GUID from the value set by \-volume_date "uuid".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
A string of 32 hex digits, or a RFC 4122 compliant GUID string may be used to
|
2016-08-15 10:24:21 +00:00
|
|
|
set the disk GUID directly. UEFI prescribes the first three components of
|
|
|
|
a RFC 4122 GUID string to be byte\-swapped in the binary representation:
|
2016-08-12 18:57:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g. gpt_disk_guid=2303cd2a\-73c7\-424a\-a298\-25632da7f446
|
2016-08-15 10:24:21 +00:00
|
|
|
equals gpt_disk_guid=2acd0323c7734a42a29825632da7f446
|
2016-08-12 18:57:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The partition GUIDs get generated by minimally varying the disk GUID.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-02-05 10:06:25 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-boot_image any part_like_isohybrid=on\fR enables
|
|
|
|
\-boot_image isolinux partition_entry= even if no
|
|
|
|
\-boot_image isolinux system_area= is given.
|
|
|
|
No MBR partition of type 0xee emerges, even if GPT gets produced.
|
|
|
|
Gaps between GPT and APM partitions will not be filled by more partitions.
|
|
|
|
Appended partitions get mentioned in APM if other APM partitions emerge.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2017-02-27 09:38:16 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-boot_image any iso_mbr_part_type=\fRnumber sets the partition type
|
|
|
|
of the MBR partition which represents the ISO or at least protects it.
|
2019-02-18 12:19:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2017-02-27 09:38:16 +00:00
|
|
|
Number may be 0x00 to 0xff. The text "default" re\-enables the default types
|
|
|
|
of the various occasions to create an ISO MBR partition.
|
|
|
|
This is without effect if no such partition emerges by other settings or
|
|
|
|
if the partition type is prescribed mandatorily like 0xee for GPT protective
|
|
|
|
MBR or 0x96 for CHRP.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-02-18 12:19:32 +00:00
|
|
|
If instead a type_guid is given by a 32\-digit hex string like
|
|
|
|
a2a0d0ebe5b9334487c068b6b72699c7 or by a structured text like
|
|
|
|
EBD0A0A2\-B9E5\-4433\-87C0\-68B6B72699C7, then it will be used as partition type
|
|
|
|
if the ISO filesystem appears as partition in GPT.
|
|
|
|
In MBR, C12A7328\-F81F\-11D2\-BA4B\-00A0C93EC93B will be mapped to 0xef.
|
|
|
|
Any other GUID will be mapped to 0x83.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-04-14 17:49:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBgrub2_mbr=\fRdisk_path works like "any" system_area= with additional
|
|
|
|
patching for modern GRUB MBRs. The content start address of the first boot
|
|
|
|
image is converted to a count of 512 byte blocks, and an offset of 4 is added.
|
|
|
|
The result is written as 64 bit little\-endian number to byte address 0x1b0.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-04 14:21:19 +00:00
|
|
|
This feature can be revoked either by grub2_mbr= with empty disk path,
|
|
|
|
or by submitting a disk_path via system_area=.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-26 17:56:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBpartition_table=on\fR causes a simple partition table to be written
|
|
|
|
into bytes 446 to 511 of the System Area.
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
With type "isolinux" it shows a partition that begins at byte 0 and it causes
|
2010-04-26 12:11:59 +00:00
|
|
|
the LBA of the first boot image to be written into the MBR. For the first
|
|
|
|
session this works only if also "system_area=" and "bin_path=" or "dir="
|
|
|
|
is given.
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
With types "any" and "grub" it shows a single
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
partition which starts at byte 512 and ends where the ISO image ends.
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
This works with or without system_area= or boot image.
|
2010-04-06 15:18:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Bootspecs chrp_boot_part=, prep_boot_part=, and efi_boot_part= overwrite
|
|
|
|
this entry in the MBR partition table.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-04-18 15:46:12 +00:00
|
|
|
If types "isolinux" or "grub" are set to "patch", then "partition_table=on"
|
|
|
|
is activated without new boot image.
|
|
|
|
In this case the existing System Area gets checked whether it bears addresses
|
|
|
|
and sizes as if it had been processed by "partition_table=on". If so,
|
|
|
|
then those parameters get updated when the new System Area is written.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Special "system_area=/dev/zero" causes 32k of NUL\-bytes.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Use this to discard an MBR which was loaded with the ISO image.
|
2010-04-18 15:46:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-02-06 11:56:31 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBappended_part_as=gpt\fR marks partitions from \-append_partition
|
|
|
|
in GPT rather than in MBR. In this case the MBR shows a single partition
|
|
|
|
of type 0xee which covers the whole output data.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBappended_part_as=mbr\fR is the default. Appended partitions get
|
2016-02-05 10:06:25 +00:00
|
|
|
marked in GPT only if GPT is produced because of other settings.
|
2016-07-03 20:46:51 +00:00
|
|
|
If given explicitly, this clears setting "gpt" and "apm". Nevertheless "apm"
|
2016-02-05 10:06:25 +00:00
|
|
|
may be added to "mbr".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBappended_part_as=apm\fR marks partitions from \-append_partition in APM
|
|
|
|
additionally to "mbr" or "gpt".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
By default, appended partitions get marked in APM only if APM is
|
|
|
|
produced because of other options together with part_like_isohybrid="on".
|
2015-02-06 11:56:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBchrp_boot_part=on\fR causes a single partition in MBR which covers
|
2014-04-04 14:21:19 +00:00
|
|
|
the whole ISO image and has type 0x96. This is not compatible with any
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
other feature that produces MBR partition entries. It makes GPT unrecognizable.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-04-23 14:23:45 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBprep_boot_part=\fRdisk_path inserts the content of a data file into
|
|
|
|
the image and
|
2014-04-04 14:21:19 +00:00
|
|
|
marks it by an MBR partition of type 0x41. The parts of the ISO image before
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
and after this partition will be covered by further MBR partitions.
|
|
|
|
The data file is supposed to contain ELF executable code.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-04-23 14:23:45 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBefi_boot_part=\fRdisk_path inserts the content of a data file into
|
|
|
|
the image and
|
2012-06-18 11:20:31 +00:00
|
|
|
marks it by a GPT partition. If not chrp_boot_part=on, then the first partition
|
|
|
|
in MBR will have type 0xee to announce the presence of GPT.
|
|
|
|
The data file is supposed to contain a FAT filesystem.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Instead of a disk_path, the word \-\-efi\-boot\-image may be given.
|
|
|
|
It exposes in GPT the content of the first El Torito EFI boot image as
|
|
|
|
EFI system partition. EFI boot images are introduced by bootspec efi_path=.
|
|
|
|
The affected EFI boot image cannot show up in HFS+ because it is stored
|
|
|
|
outside the HFS+ partition.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-09-10 17:13:00 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBpartition_offset=\fR2kb_block_adr causes a partition table with a single
|
|
|
|
partition that begins at the given block address. This is counted in 2048 byte
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
blocks, not in 512 byte blocks. If the block address is non\-zero then it must
|
|
|
|
be at least 16. A non\-zero partition offset causes two superblocks to be
|
2010-09-05 11:37:45 +00:00
|
|
|
generated and two sets of directory trees. The image is then mountable from its
|
|
|
|
absolute start as well as from the partition start.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-09-10 17:13:00 +00:00
|
|
|
The offset value of an ISO image gets preserved when a new session is added.
|
|
|
|
So the value defined here is only in effect if a new ISO image gets written.
|
2010-09-05 11:37:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBpartition_hd_cyl=\fRnumber gives the number of heads per cylinder for
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
the partition table. 0 chooses a default value. Maximum is 255.
|
2010-09-05 11:37:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBpartition_sec_hd=\fRnumber gives the number of sectors per head for
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
the partition table. 0 chooses a default value. Maximum is 63.
|
2010-09-05 11:37:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-03-04 10:46:40 +00:00
|
|
|
The product partition_sec_hd * partition_hd_cyl * 512 is the cylinder size.
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
It should be divisible by 2048 in order to make exact alignment possible.
|
2015-04-23 14:23:45 +00:00
|
|
|
With appended partitions and "appended_part_as=gpt" there
|
|
|
|
is no limit for the number of cylinders. Else there may be at most 1024
|
|
|
|
of them.
|
|
|
|
If the cylinder size is too small to stay below the limit,
|
2011-03-04 10:46:40 +00:00
|
|
|
then appropriate values of partition_hd_cyl are chosen with
|
|
|
|
partition_sec_hd 32 or 63. If the image is larger than 8,422,686,720 bytes,
|
2015-04-23 14:23:45 +00:00
|
|
|
then the cylinder size constraints cannot be fulfilled for MBR.
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-03-03 18:20:12 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBpartition_cyl_align=\fRmode controls image size alignment to an integer
|
|
|
|
number of cylinders. It is prescribed by isohybrid specs and it seems to
|
2011-03-04 10:46:40 +00:00
|
|
|
please program fdisk. Cylinder size must be divisible by 2048.
|
2015-04-23 14:23:45 +00:00
|
|
|
Images larger than 8,323,596,288 bytes cannot be aligned in MBR partition
|
|
|
|
table.
|
2011-03-03 18:20:12 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "auto" is default. Alignment by padding happens only with
|
|
|
|
"isolinux" "partition_table=on".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "on" causes alignment by padding with "partition_table=on" for any type.
|
2012-09-21 12:03:32 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "all" is like "on" but also pads up partitions from \-append_partition
|
|
|
|
to an aligned size.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-03-03 18:20:12 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "off" disables alignment for any type.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-01-01 17:28:46 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBmbr_force_bootable=\fRmode enforces an MBR partition with
|
|
|
|
"bootable/active" flag if options like partition_table= or grub2_mbr=
|
|
|
|
indicate production of a bootable MBR.
|
|
|
|
These options normally cause the flag to be set if there is an
|
|
|
|
MBR partition of type other than 0xee or 0xef.
|
|
|
|
If no such partition exists, then no bootflag is set, unless
|
2017-06-29 21:15:40 +00:00
|
|
|
mbr_force_bootable="on" forces creation of a dummy partition
|
2016-01-01 17:28:46 +00:00
|
|
|
of type 0x00 which covers only the first block of the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2017-06-29 21:15:40 +00:00
|
|
|
If no bootable MBR is indicated and a partition gets created by
|
|
|
|
\-append_partition, then mbr_force_bootable="on" causes a bootflag like it
|
|
|
|
would do with a bootable MBR.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2021-05-25 19:18:48 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBgpt_iso_bootable=\fRon causes bit 2 of the GPT partition flags to be
|
|
|
|
set for the ISO 9660 partition if such a GPT partition emerges. This bit is
|
|
|
|
specified as "Legacy BIOS bootable" but its true significance is unclear.
|
|
|
|
Some GPT\-aware BIOS might want to see it in some partition. Mode "off"
|
|
|
|
revokes this setting.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBgpt_iso_not_ro=\fRon causes bit 60 of the GPT partition flags to be not
|
|
|
|
set for the ISO 9660 partition if such a GPT partition emerges. This bit is
|
|
|
|
specified as "Read\-only" and thus appropriate. But it is unusual in GPT disk
|
|
|
|
partitions. Mode "off" revokes this setting and causes the read\-only bit to be
|
|
|
|
set.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-10-13 17:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBmips_path=\fRiso_rr_path declares a data file in the image to be a
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
MIPS Big Endian boot file and causes production of a MIPS Big Endian Volume
|
|
|
|
Header. This is mutually exclusive with production of other boot blocks
|
|
|
|
like MBR.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
It will overwrite the first 512 bytes of any data provided by system_area=.
|
2010-10-13 17:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Up to 15 boot files can be declared by mips_path=.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBmipsel_path=\fRiso_rr_path declares a data file in the image to be the
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
MIPS Little Endian boot file. This is mutually exclusive with other boot
|
|
|
|
blocks.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
It will overwrite the first 512 bytes of any data provided by system_area=.
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Only a single boot file can be declared by mipsel_path=.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBsparc_label=\fRtext causes the production of a SUN Disk Label with the
|
2015-09-22 15:59:16 +00:00
|
|
|
given text as ASCII label. Partitions 2 to 8 may be occupied by appended images.
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Partition 1 will always be the ISO image. See command \-append_partition.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
The first 512 bytes of any data provided by system_area= will be overwritten.
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-04-14 17:49:29 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBgrub2_sparc_core=\fRiso_rr_path causes the content address and size
|
|
|
|
of the given file to be written after the SUN Disk Label. Both numbers are
|
|
|
|
counted in bytes. The address is written as 64 bit big\-endian number to
|
|
|
|
byte 0x228. The size is written as 32 bit big\-endian number to byte 0x230.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-09 07:31:47 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBhppa_cmdline=\fRtext sets the PALO command line for HP\-PA. Up to 1023
|
|
|
|
characters are permitted by default. With hppa_hdrversion=4 the limit is 127.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Note that the first five hppa_ bootspecs are mandatory, if any of the
|
|
|
|
hppa_ bootspecs is used. Only hppa_hdrversion= is allowed to be missing.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBhppa_bootloader=\fRiso_rr_path designates the given path as HP\-PA
|
|
|
|
bootloader file.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBhppa_kernel_32=\fRiso_rr_path designates the given path as HP\-PA
|
|
|
|
32 bit kernel file.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBhppa_kernel_64=\fRiso_rr_path designates the given path as HP\-PA
|
|
|
|
64 bit kernel file.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBhppa_ramdisk=\fRiso_rr_path designates the given path as HP\-PA
|
|
|
|
RAM disk file.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBhppa_hdrversion=\fRnumber chooses between PALO header version 5 (default)
|
|
|
|
and version 4.
|
|
|
|
For the appropriate value see in PALO source code: PALOHDRVERSION.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-02-28 14:31:04 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBalpha_boot=\fRiso_rr_path declares a data file in the image to be the
|
2015-04-23 14:23:45 +00:00
|
|
|
DEC Alpha SRM Secondary Bootstrap Loader and causes production of a boot sector
|
2015-02-28 14:31:04 +00:00
|
|
|
which points to it.
|
|
|
|
This is mutually exclusive with production of other boot blocks like MBR.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBmips_discard\fR, \fBsparc_discard\fR, \fBhppa_discard\fR,
|
|
|
|
\fBalpha_discard\fR
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
revoke any boot file declarations made for mips/mipsel, sparc, hppa,
|
|
|
|
or alpha, respectively.
|
2014-03-03 20:28:36 +00:00
|
|
|
This removes the ban on production of other boot blocks.
|
2010-10-13 17:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBhfsplus_serial=\fRhexstring sets a string of 16 digits "0" to "9"
|
|
|
|
and letters "a" to "f", which will be used as unique serial number of
|
|
|
|
an emerging HFS+ filesystem.
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-06-27 18:48:16 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBhfsplus_block_size=\fRnumber sets the allocation block size to
|
|
|
|
be used when producing HFS+ filesystems. Permissible are 512, 2048, or 0.
|
|
|
|
The latter lets the program decide.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBapm_block_size=\fRnumber sets the block size to be used when
|
|
|
|
describing partitions by an Apple Partition Map. Permissible are 512, 2048,
|
|
|
|
or 0. The latter lets the program decide.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Note that size 512 is not compatible with production of GPT, and that
|
|
|
|
size 2048 will not be mountable \-t hfsplus at least by older Linux kernels.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-append_partition\fR partition_number type_code disk_path
|
|
|
|
Cause a prepared filesystem image to be appended to the ISO image and to be
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
described by a partition table entry in a boot block at the start of the
|
|
|
|
emerging ISO image. The partition entry will bear the size of the submitted
|
2012-09-21 12:03:32 +00:00
|
|
|
file rounded up to the next multiple of 2048 bytes or to the next multiple
|
|
|
|
of the cylinder size.
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Beware of subsequent multi\-session runs. The appended partition will get
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
overwritten.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
Partitions may be appended with boot block type MBR and with SUN Disk Label.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
With MBR:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
partition_number may be 1 to 4. Number 1 will put the whole ISO image into
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
the unclaimed space before partition 1. So together with most \fBxorriso\fR
|
|
|
|
MBR features, number 2 would be the most natural choice.
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The type_code may be "FAT12", "FAT16", "Linux",
|
|
|
|
or a hexadecimal number between 0x00 and 0xff. Not all those numbers will
|
2019-02-18 12:19:32 +00:00
|
|
|
yield usable results. For a list of MBR partition type codes search the
|
|
|
|
Internet for "Partition Types" or run fdisk command "L".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
type_code may also be a type GUID as plain hex string like
|
|
|
|
a2a0d0ebe5b9334487c068b6b72699c7 or as structured text like
|
|
|
|
EBD0A0A2\-B9E5\-4433\-87C0\-68B6B72699C7. It will be used if the partition is
|
|
|
|
mentioned in GPT. In MBR, C12A7328\-F81F\-11D2\-BA4B\-00A0C93EC93B will be mapped
|
|
|
|
to 0xef. Any other GUID will be mapped to 0x83.
|
2020-11-15 14:31:10 +00:00
|
|
|
In APM, 48465300\-0000\-11AA\-AA11\-00306543ECAC will be mapped to partition
|
|
|
|
type "Apple_HFS", any other to "Data".
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-02-06 11:56:31 +00:00
|
|
|
If some other command causes the production of GPT, then the appended
|
|
|
|
partitions will be mentioned there too.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
The disk_path must provide the necessary data bytes at commit time.
|
|
|
|
An empty disk_path disables this feature for the given partition number.
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
With SUN Disk Label (selected by \-boot_image any sparc_label=):
|
2010-11-05 15:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
partition_number may be 2 to 8. Number 1 will always be the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
Partition start addresses are aligned to 320 KiB. The type_code does not
|
|
|
|
matter. Submit 0x0.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Partition image name "." causes the partition to become a copy of the next
|
|
|
|
lower valid one.
|
2008-02-11 09:48:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Jigdo Template Extraction:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
From man genisoimage:
|
|
|
|
"Jigdo is a tool to help in the distribution of large files like CD and
|
|
|
|
DVD images; see http://atterer.net/jigdo/ for more details. Debian CDs
|
|
|
|
and DVD ISO images are published on the web in jigdo format to allow
|
|
|
|
end users to download them more efficiently."
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR can produce a .jigdo and a .template file together with a
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
single\-session ISO image.
|
2010-10-07 17:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
The .jigdo file contains checksums and symbolic file addresses.
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
The .template file contains the compressed ISO image with reference tags
|
|
|
|
instead of the content bytes of the listed files.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Input for this process are the normal arguments for a \fBxorriso\fR session
|
2019-11-24 12:34:30 +00:00
|
|
|
on a blank \-outdev, and a checksum file which lists those data files which may
|
|
|
|
be listed in the .jigdo file and externally referenced in the .template file.
|
|
|
|
Each designated file is represented in the checksum file by a single text line:
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-11-24 12:34:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Checksum as hex digits, 2 blanks, size as 12 decimal digits or blanks, 2 blanks,
|
2010-10-07 17:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
symbolic file address
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-11-24 12:34:30 +00:00
|
|
|
The kind of checksum is chosen by \-jigdo "checksum_algorithm" with values "md5"
|
|
|
|
(32 hex digits) or "sha256" (64 hex digits).
|
|
|
|
It will also be used for the file address lines in the .jigdo file.
|
|
|
|
The default is "md5".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The file address in a checksum file line has to bear the same basename as the
|
2010-10-07 17:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
disk_path of the file which it shall match. The directory path of
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
the file address is decisive for To=From mapping, not for file recognition.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
After To=From mapping, the file address gets written into the .jigdo
|
2010-10-07 17:53:54 +00:00
|
|
|
file. Jigdo restore tools will convert these addresses into really
|
|
|
|
reachable data source addresses from which they can read.
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
If the list of jigdo parameters is not empty, then \fBxorriso\fR will
|
|
|
|
refuse to
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
write to non\-blank targets, it will disable multi\-session emulation, and
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
padding will be counted as part of the ISO image.
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-jigdo\fR parameter_name value
|
|
|
|
Clear Jigdo Template Extraction parameter list or add a parameter to that list.
|
|
|
|
The alias names are the corresponding genisoimage options. They are accepted
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
as parameter names as well. Especially they are recognized by the \-as mkisofs
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
emulation command.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Parameter \fBclear\fR with any value empties the whole list.
|
|
|
|
No .jigdo and .template file will be produced.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-11-24 12:34:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBchecksum_algorithm\fR chooses the checksum algorithm which shall be used
|
|
|
|
for the data file entries in the .jigdo file and is expected in the checksum
|
|
|
|
file. Permissible are "md5" or "sha256". Default is "md5".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Alias: \-jigdo\-checksum\-algorithm
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBtemplate_path\fR sets the disk_path for the .template file with the
|
|
|
|
holed and compressed ISO image copy.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: \-jigdo\-template
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBjigdo_path\fR sets the disk_path for the .jigdo file with the checksums
|
|
|
|
and download addresses for filling the holes in .template.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: \-jigdo\-jigdo
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-11-24 12:34:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBchecksum_path\fR sets the disk_path where to find the checksum file with
|
|
|
|
symbolic file addresses and checksums according to \fBchecksum_algorithm\fR.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Alias: md5_path
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Alias: \-checksum\-list
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: \-md5\-list
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBmin_size\fR sets the minimum size for a data file to be listed
|
|
|
|
in the .jigdo file and being a hole in the .template file.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: \-jigdo\-min\-file\-size
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBexclude\fR adds a regular expression pattern which will get compared
|
|
|
|
with the absolute disk_path of any data file. A match causes the file to
|
|
|
|
stay in .template in any case.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: \-jigdo\-exclude
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-11-24 12:34:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBdemand_checksum\fR adds a regular expression pattern which will get
|
|
|
|
compared with the absolute disk_path of any data file that was not found
|
|
|
|
in the checksum list file as of "checksum_path". A match causes a MISHAP event.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Alias: demand_md5
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Alias: \-jigdo\-force\-checksum
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: \-jigdo\-force\-md5
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBmapping\fR adds a string pair of the form To=From to the parameter list.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
If a data file gets listed in the .jigdo file, then it is referred by the
|
2019-11-24 12:34:30 +00:00
|
|
|
file address from its line in the checksum file. This file address gets checked
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
whether it begins with the From string. If so, then this string will be
|
|
|
|
replaced by the To string and a ':' character, before it goes into the .jigdo
|
|
|
|
file. The From string should end by a '/' character.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: \-jigdo\-map
|
2010-10-02 12:12:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBcompression\fR chooses one of "bzip2" or "gzip" for the compression of
|
|
|
|
the template file. The jigdo file is put out uncompressed.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: \-jigdo\-template\-compress
|
2010-10-03 08:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBchecksum_iso\fR chooses one or more of "md5", "sha1", "sha256", "sha512"
|
|
|
|
for the auxiliary "# Image Hex" checksums in the jigdo file. The value may e.g.
|
|
|
|
look like "md5,sha1,sha512". Value "all" chooses all available algorithms.
|
|
|
|
Note that MD5 stays always enabled.
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: \-checksum_algorithm_iso
|
2010-10-03 08:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBchecksum_template\fR is like checksum_iso but for "# Template Hex".
|
2010-10-03 17:15:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Alias: \-checksum_algorithm_template
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-11-03 11:57:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Character sets:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
File names are strings of non\-zero bytes with 8 bit each. Unfortunately
|
2008-11-03 11:57:57 +00:00
|
|
|
the same byte string may appear as different peculiar national characters
|
2009-03-22 08:59:18 +00:00
|
|
|
on differently nationalized terminals.
|
2008-11-03 11:57:57 +00:00
|
|
|
The meanings of byte codes are defined in \fBcharacter sets\fR which have
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
names. Shell command iconv \-l lists them.
|
2008-11-03 11:57:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-01-02 13:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
The file names on hard disk are assumed to be encoded by the
|
|
|
|
\fBlocal character set\fR which is also used for the communication
|
|
|
|
with the user.
|
|
|
|
Byte codes 32 to 126 of the local character set must match the US\-ASCII
|
|
|
|
characters of the same code. ISO\-8859 and UTF\-8 fulfill this demand.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
By default, \fBxorriso\fR uses the character set as told by
|
|
|
|
shell command "locale" with argument "charmap". This may be influenced
|
|
|
|
by environment variables LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, or LANG and should match the
|
|
|
|
expectations of the terminal.
|
|
|
|
In some situations it may be necessary to set it by command \-local_charset.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Local character sets should not matter as long as only english alphanumeric
|
2008-11-15 13:36:22 +00:00
|
|
|
characters are used for file names or as long as all writers and readers
|
2014-01-02 13:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
of the media use the same local character set.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Outside these constraints it may be necessary to let \fBxorriso\fR
|
2014-01-02 13:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
convert byte codes from and to other character sets.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The Rock Ridge file names in ISO filesystems are assumed to be
|
|
|
|
encoded by the \fBinput character set\fR.
|
|
|
|
The Rock Ridge file names which get written with ISO filesystems will be
|
|
|
|
encoded by the \fBoutput character set\fR.
|
2008-11-03 11:57:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-01-02 13:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
The sets can be defined independently by commands
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-in_charset and \-out_charset. Normally one will have both identical, if ever.
|
2014-01-02 13:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Other than the local character set, these two character sets may deviate
|
|
|
|
from US\-ASCII.
|
2008-11-03 11:57:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-01-02 13:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
The output character sets for Joliet and HFS+ are not influenced by these
|
|
|
|
commands. Joliet uses output character set UCS\-2 or UTF\-16. HFS+ uses UTF\-16.
|
2009-03-22 08:59:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The default output charset is the local character set of the terminal where
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR runs. So by default no conversion happens between local
|
|
|
|
filesystem
|
2014-01-02 13:58:58 +00:00
|
|
|
names and emerging Rock Ridge names in the image. The situation stays
|
2016-07-03 20:46:51 +00:00
|
|
|
ambiguous and the reader has to riddle what character set was used.
|
2009-03-22 08:59:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
By command \-auto_charset it is possible to attribute the output charset name
|
2016-07-03 20:46:51 +00:00
|
|
|
to the image. This makes the situation unambiguous. But if your terminal
|
2009-03-22 08:59:18 +00:00
|
|
|
character set does not match the character set of the local file names,
|
|
|
|
then this attribute can become plainly wrong and cause problems at read time.
|
|
|
|
To prevent this it is necessary to check whether the terminal properly
|
|
|
|
displays all intended filenames. Check especially the exotic national
|
|
|
|
characters.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
To enforce recording of a particular character set name without any conversion
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
at image generation time, set \-charset and \-local_charset to the desired name,
|
|
|
|
and enable \-backslash_codes to avoid evil character display on your terminal.
|
2008-11-03 11:57:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-charset\fR character_set_name
|
|
|
|
Set the character set from which to convert file names when loading an
|
|
|
|
image and to which to convert when writing an image.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-11-06 18:38:15 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-local_charset\fR character_set_name
|
|
|
|
Override the system assumption of the local character set name.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If this appears necessary, one should consider to set \-backslash_codes to
|
2008-11-15 13:36:22 +00:00
|
|
|
"on" in order to avoid dangerous binary codes being sent to the terminal.
|
2008-11-06 18:38:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Exception processing:
|
2008-02-11 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Since the tasks of \fBxorriso\fR are manifold and prone to external
|
|
|
|
influence, there
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
may arise the need for \fBxorriso\fR to report and handle problem events.
|
2008-02-11 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Those events get classified when they are detected by one of the software
|
|
|
|
modules and forwarded to reporting and evaluation modules which decide about
|
|
|
|
reactions. Event classes are sorted by severity:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"NEVER" The upper end of the severity spectrum.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"ABORT" The program is being aborted and on its way to end.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"FATAL" The main purpose of the run failed
|
|
|
|
or an important resource failed unexpectedly.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"FAILURE" An important part of the job could not be performed.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-02-11 19:49:03 +00:00
|
|
|
"MISHAP" A FAILURE which can be tolerated during ISO image generation.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"SORRY" A less important part of the job could not be performed.
|
2008-02-11 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"WARNING" A situation is suspicious of being not intended by the user.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"HINT" A proposal to the user how to achieve better results.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-02-11 15:07:41 +00:00
|
|
|
"NOTE" A harmless information about noteworthy circumstances.
|
2008-02-11 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"UPDATE" A pacifier message during long running operations.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"DEBUG" A message which would only interest the program developers.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"ALL" The lower end of the severity spectrum.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-abort_on\fR severity
|
2008-02-11 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the severity threshold for events to abort the program.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-02-14 21:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Useful: "NEVER", "ABORT", "FATAL", "FAILURE" , "MISHAP", "SORRY"
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
It may become necessary to abort the program anyway, despite
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
the setting by this command. Expect not many "ABORT" events to
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
be ignorable.
|
2008-02-03 18:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
A special property of this command is that it works preemptive if given as
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
program start argument. I.e. the first \-abort_on setting among the
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
start arguments is in effect already when the first operations of
|
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR begin. Only "\-abort_on" with dash "\-" is recognized that way.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-02-11 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-return_with\fR severity exit_value
|
2008-02-14 21:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the threshold and exit_value to be returned at program end if no abort
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
has happened. This is to allow \fBxorriso\fR to go on after problems
|
|
|
|
but to get a failure indicating exit value from the program, nevertheless.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Useful is a value lower than the \-abort_on threshold, down to "WARNING".
|
2008-02-11 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
exit_value may be either 0 (indicating success to the starter of the program)
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
or a number between 32 and 63. Some other exit_values are used by
|
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR if it decides to abort the program run:
|
2008-02-11 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
1=abort due to external signal
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
2=no program arguments given
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
3=creation of \fBxorriso\fR main object failed
|
2008-02-11 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
4=failure to start libburnia\-project.org libraries
|
2008-02-11 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
5=program abort during argument processing
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
6=program abort during dialog processing
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-report_about\fR severity
|
2007-11-09 19:30:25 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the threshold for events to be reported.
|
2008-02-11 13:55:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Useful: "SORRY", "WARNING", "HINT", "NOTE", "UPDATE", "DEBUG", "ALL"
|
2008-02-14 21:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Regardless what is set by \-report_about, messages get always reported if they
|
|
|
|
reach the severity threshold of \-abort_on .
|
2007-11-06 16:32:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Event messages are sent to the info channel "I" which is usually stderr
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
but may be influenced by command \-pkt_output.
|
2007-11-06 16:32:39 +00:00
|
|
|
Info messages which belong to no event get attributed severity "NOTE".
|
2008-02-03 18:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
A special property of this command is that the first \-report_about setting
|
2008-02-03 18:13:59 +00:00
|
|
|
among the start arguments is in effect already when the first operations
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
of \fBxorriso\fR begin. Only "\-report_about" with dash "\-" is
|
|
|
|
recognized that way.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2011-04-23 15:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-signal_handling\fR mode
|
|
|
|
Control the installation of a signal handler which shall react on external
|
|
|
|
signals (e.g. from program "kill" or from keys Ctrl+C) or on signals
|
|
|
|
caused by severe program errors.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "on" is the default. It uses the signal handler of libburn which produces
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
ugly messages but puts much effort in releasing optical drives
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
before \fBxorriso\fR ends.
|
2011-04-23 15:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "off" as first \-signal_handling among the start arguments prevents all
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
own signal precautions of \fBxorriso\fR. Inherited signal
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
handler settings stay as they are.
|
2011-04-23 15:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
It works like "sig_dfl" if given after other signal handling was already
|
|
|
|
established at program start.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "sig_dfl" uses the system provided default handling of signals, which is
|
|
|
|
normally a sudden abort of the program. To prevent stuck drives, the
|
|
|
|
libburn handler is used during burning, blanking, and formatting on MMC drives.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "sig_ign" tries to ignore as many signal types as possible. This imposes
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
the risk that \fBxorriso\fR refuses to end until externally kill \-9
|
|
|
|
if performed.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
kill \-9 then imposes the risk that the drive is left in unusable state and
|
2011-04-23 15:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
needs poweroff to be reset. So during burning, blanking, and formatting
|
|
|
|
wait for at least their normal run time before killing externally.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
A special property of this command is that the first \-signal_handling setting
|
2011-04-23 15:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
among the start arguments is in effect already when the first operations
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
of \fBxorriso\fR begin. Only "\-signal_handling" with dash "\-" is
|
|
|
|
recognized that way.
|
2011-04-23 15:23:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-05-01 12:43:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-error_behavior\fR occasion behavior
|
|
|
|
Control the program behavior at problem event occasions.
|
2008-08-24 10:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
For now this applies to occasions "image_loading" which is given while
|
|
|
|
an image tree is read from the input device, and to "file_extraction" which
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
is given with osirrox commands like \-extract.
|
2008-05-01 12:43:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-08-24 10:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
With "image_loading" there are three behaviors available:
|
2008-05-01 12:43:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"best_effort" goes on with reading after events with severity below FAILURE
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if the threshold of command \-abort_on allows this.
|
2008-05-01 12:43:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"failure" aborts image tree reading on first event of at least SORRY.
|
|
|
|
It issues an own FAILURE event.
|
2011-03-21 09:37:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This is the default.
|
2008-05-01 12:43:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"fatal" acts like "failure" but issues the own event as FATAL.
|
2008-08-24 10:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-09-03 14:33:14 +00:00
|
|
|
With occasion "file_extraction" there are three behaviors:
|
2008-08-24 10:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-09-03 14:33:14 +00:00
|
|
|
"keep" maintains incompletely extracted files on disk. This is the default.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"delete" removes files which encountered errors during content extraction.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"best_effort" starts a revovery attempt by means of \-extract_cut if the
|
2009-05-14 08:20:33 +00:00
|
|
|
file content stems from the loaded ISO image and is not filtered.
|
2008-05-01 12:43:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Dialog mode control:
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-10-10 13:11:46 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-dialog\fR "on"|"off"|"single_line"
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Enable or disable to enter dialog mode after all program arguments are
|
|
|
|
processed.
|
2008-10-10 13:11:46 +00:00
|
|
|
In dialog mode input lines get prompted via readline or from stdin.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If no \-abort_on severity was set when dialog starts, then "NEVER" is set
|
2011-01-06 11:10:36 +00:00
|
|
|
to avoid abort in most cases of wrong input or other problems. Before dialog
|
|
|
|
begins, the default is "FAILURE" which e.g. aborts on unknown commands.
|
2011-01-04 19:30:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-10-15 18:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "on" supports input of newline characters within quotation marks and
|
2008-10-10 13:11:46 +00:00
|
|
|
line continuation by trailing backslash outside quotation marks.
|
|
|
|
Mode "single_line" does not.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-15 18:31:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-page\fR length width
|
|
|
|
Describe terminal to the text pager. See also above, paragraph Result pager.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If parameter length is nonzero then the user gets prompted after that
|
|
|
|
number of terminal lines. Zero length disables paging.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Parameter width is the number of characters per terminal line. It is used
|
|
|
|
to compute the number of terminal lines which get occupied by an output line.
|
|
|
|
A usual terminal width is 80.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-11-11 11:22:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-use_readline\fR "on"|"off"
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
If "on" then use readline for dialog. Else use plain stdin.
|
2007-12-15 18:31:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
See also above, paragraph Dialog, Readline, Result pager.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-11-07 12:37:19 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-reassure\fR "on"|"tree"|"off"
|
2008-02-05 17:58:30 +00:00
|
|
|
If "on" then ask the user for "y" or "n":
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
before deleting or overwriting any file in the ISO image,
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-06-05 16:51:04 +00:00
|
|
|
before overwriting any disk file during restore operations,
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-02-05 17:58:30 +00:00
|
|
|
before rolling back pending image changes,
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
before committing image changes to media,
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-02-05 19:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
before changing the input drive,
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
before blanking or formatting media,
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-02-05 17:58:30 +00:00
|
|
|
before ending the program.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-11-07 12:37:19 +00:00
|
|
|
With setting "tree" the reassuring prompt will appear for an eventual
|
|
|
|
directory only once and not for each file in its whole subtree.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting "off" silently kills any kind of image file object and performs
|
2008-02-05 19:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
above irrevocable actions.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
To really produce user prompts, command \-dialog needs to be set to "on".
|
2008-02-05 19:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that the prompt does not appear in situations where file removal
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
is forbidden by command \-overwrite. \-reassure only imposes an additional
|
2007-11-11 11:22:39 +00:00
|
|
|
curb for removing existing file objects.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Be aware that file objects get deleted from the ISO image immediately
|
|
|
|
after confirmation. They are gone even if the running command gets aborted
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
and its desired effect gets revoked. In case of severe mess\-up, consider to
|
|
|
|
use \-rollback to revoke the whole session.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
.B Drive and media related inquiry actions:
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-06-17 12:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-devices\fR
|
|
|
|
Show list of available MMC drives with the addresses of
|
|
|
|
their libburn standard device files.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
This is only possible when no ISO image changes are pending.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
After this command was executed, there is no drive current
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
and no image loaded.
|
2008-06-17 12:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
In order to be visible, a device has to offer rw\-permissions
|
2008-06-17 12:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
with its libburn standard device file. Thus it might be only the
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBsuperuser\fR
|
2008-06-17 12:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
who is able to see all drives.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Drives which are occupied by other processes get not shown.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2011-07-27 21:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-device_links\fR
|
|
|
|
Like \-devices, but presenting the drives with addresses of symbolic links
|
|
|
|
which point to the actual device files.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Modern GNU/Linux systems may shuffle drive addresses from boot to boot.
|
|
|
|
The udev daemon is supposed to create links which always point to the
|
|
|
|
same drive, regardless of its system address.
|
|
|
|
The command \-device_links shows the addresses of such links if they begin
|
|
|
|
by "/dev/dvd" or "/dev/cd".
|
2011-07-28 11:18:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Precedence is: "dvdrw", "cdrw", "dvd", "cdrom", "cd".
|
2011-07-27 21:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-toc\fR
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-12-13 19:33:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Show media specific tables of content. This is the session history
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
of the medium, not the ISO image directory tree.
|
2008-05-08 14:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
In case of overwritable media holding a valid ISO image, it may happen that
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
only a single session gets shown. But if the first session on the
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
overwritable media was written by \fBxorriso\fR then a complete
|
2008-05-10 19:41:52 +00:00
|
|
|
session history can be emulated.
|
2007-12-06 19:01:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
A drive which is incapable of writing may show any media as CD\-ROM or DVD\-ROM
|
2007-12-06 19:01:14 +00:00
|
|
|
with only one or two sessions on it. The last of these sessions is supposed
|
|
|
|
to be the most recent real session then.
|
2008-05-08 14:19:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Some read\-only drives and media show no usable session history at all.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Command \-rom_toc_scan might help.
|
2012-12-13 19:33:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
If input device and output device are both acquired and not the same,
|
2012-12-13 19:33:43 +00:00
|
|
|
then both tables\-of\-content get shown.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-12-18 08:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-toc_of\fR "in"|"out"|"all"[":short"]
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Like command \-toc but explicitly choosing which drive's table\-of\-content
|
2012-12-13 19:33:43 +00:00
|
|
|
to show. "in" shows \-indev or \-dev, "out" shows \-outdev or \-dev,
|
|
|
|
"all" shows the same as \-toc.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-12-18 08:15:41 +00:00
|
|
|
If ":short" is appended to the drive choosing word, then only a short
|
|
|
|
summary of drive state and medium content is printed.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-12-13 19:33:43 +00:00
|
|
|
As further difference to \-toc, this command does not emit FAILURE events
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if the desired drive is not acquired.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2022-09-20 08:28:25 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-assess_indev_features\fR "plain"|"cmd"|"as_mkisofs"|"replay"
|
|
|
|
Inspect the filesystem on \-indev for the presence of Rock Ridge, Joliet, or
|
|
|
|
ISO 9660:1999, and for traces of other write options which seem to have been
|
|
|
|
used when the filesystem was created.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Note that this command does not detect and report a possibly present HFS+ tree.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "cmd" lists xorriso commands which would activate the detected settings.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "as_mkisofs" lists options of the \-as mkisofs emulation, which would
|
|
|
|
activate those of the detected settings which are not default.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "replay" performs the commands which get listed by mode "cmd".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode "plain" lists after a "Indev feature: " header name\-value pairs as
|
|
|
|
delivered by libisofs function iso_read_image_feature_named(). See libisofs.h.
|
|
|
|
The other modes derive their output from this list. I.e. the sequence of
|
|
|
|
commands from "cmd" follows the sequence of "plain".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Not leading to "cmd" lines are:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"size=" tells the number of 2048 byte blocks of the filesystem.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"eltorito=1" tells that El Torito boot equipment was detected.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"tree_loaded=" tells which tree was loaded by \-indev:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
0 = ISO 9660 , 1 = Joliet , 2 = ISO 9660:1999
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"tree_loaded_text=" tells the same by name: "ISO9660", "Joliet", "ISO9660:1999"
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"rr_loaded=1" tells that Rock Ridge information was loaded with the tree.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"aaip=1" tells that AAIP information was detected (ACL, xattr, MD5, ...).
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"relaxed_vol_atts=1" tells that the volume attributes like \-volid or
|
|
|
|
\-preparer_id bear characters outside the restricted character sets which are
|
|
|
|
specified for them by ECMA\-119.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"rrip_1_10_px_ino=1" tells that with Rock Ridge 1.10 a PX entry was found which
|
|
|
|
looks like from Rock Ridge 1.12.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-12-07 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-mount_cmd\fR drive entity id path
|
2008-12-08 12:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
Emit an appropriate command line for mounting the ISO session
|
|
|
|
indicated by drive, entity and id.
|
2014-05-28 12:57:48 +00:00
|
|
|
The result will be different on GNU/Linux and on FreeBSD or NetBSD.
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-02-28 17:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
drive can be "indev" or "outdev" to indicate already acquired drives,
|
2008-12-08 12:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
or it can be the path of a not yet acquired drive.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Prefix "stdio:" for non\-MMC drives is not mandatory.
|
2008-12-07 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2017-09-12 15:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
For entity and id, see also command \-load. They must be either "sbsector" with
|
|
|
|
the superblock sector address as id,
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
or "track" with a track number as id, or "session" with a session number,
|
2017-09-12 15:22:48 +00:00
|
|
|
or "volid" with a search pattern for the volume id, or "auto" with which
|
|
|
|
any text as id mounts the first track of the last session.
|
2008-12-07 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
path will be used as mount point and must already exist as a directory on disk.
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
The command gets printed to the result channel. See command \-mount
|
2008-12-08 12:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
for direct execution of this command.
|
2008-12-07 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-10-10 14:22:50 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-mount_opts\fR option[:option...]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Set options which influence \-mount and \-mount_cmd. Currently there is only
|
2009-10-10 14:22:50 +00:00
|
|
|
option "exclusive" which is default and its counterpart "shared". The latter
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
causes \fBxorriso\fR not to give up the affected drive with command \-mount.
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
On GNU/Linux it adds mount option "loop" which may enable mounting of several
|
2010-02-12 21:29:36 +00:00
|
|
|
sessions of the same block device at the same time. One should not write
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
to a mounted optical medium, of course. Take care to umount all sessions
|
2010-02-12 21:29:36 +00:00
|
|
|
before ejecting.
|
2009-10-10 14:22:50 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-12-07 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-session_string\fR drive entity id format
|
|
|
|
Print to the result channel a text which gets composed according to
|
|
|
|
format and the parameters of the addressed session.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Formats "linux:"path or "freebsd:"path produce the output of \-mount_cmd
|
2008-12-07 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
for the given operating systems.
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
In other texts \fBxorriso\fR will substitute the following parameter names.
|
2008-12-07 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
An optional prefix "string:" will be removed.
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"%device%" will be substituted by the mountable device path of the drive
|
|
|
|
address.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"%sbsector%" will be substituted by the session start sector.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"%track%", "%session%", "%volid%" will be substituted by track number,
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
session number, or volume id of the depicted session.
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-05-15 15:00:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-print_size\fR
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Print the foreseeable consumption of 2048 byte blocks
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
by next \-commit. This can last a while as a \-commit gets
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
prepared and only in last moment is revoked by this command.
|
2010-12-28 12:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The result depends on several settings and also on the kind of output device.
|
2020-06-13 21:10:38 +00:00
|
|
|
If no \-jigdo options are set and not command \-as "mkisofs" was used,
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
then \-padding (300 kB by default) is not counted as part of the image size.
|
2013-05-13 12:40:48 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If an El Torito boot image file is already depicted, then command \-print_size
|
|
|
|
automatically executes \-boot_image "any" "next".
|
|
|
|
This means that the properties of that boot image cannot be edited by
|
|
|
|
subsequent commands.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-tell_media_space\fR
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Print available space on the output medium and the free space after
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
subtracting already foreseeable consumption by next \-commit.
|
2013-01-15 13:18:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Note that the title of the prediction "After commit :" is misleading.
|
|
|
|
It is rather the space that may still be filled in this session without
|
|
|
|
making the next \-commit fail from medium overflow.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The free space after the next \-commit might be smaller by several MB.
|
|
|
|
This depends on medium type, number of recorded sessions, and drive habits.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-10-05 17:20:38 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-pvd_info\fR
|
2013-03-12 19:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
Print various ID strings and timestamps which can be found in loaded ISO
|
2013-03-12 19:49:07 +00:00
|
|
|
images. Some of the IDs may be changed by commands like \-volid or \-publisher.
|
|
|
|
For these IDs \-pvd_info reports what would be written with the next \-commit.
|
2013-03-12 19:51:15 +00:00
|
|
|
The timestamps get not automatically propagated from loaded image to newly
|
|
|
|
written image. The ones for new images may be set by command \-volume_date.
|
|
|
|
See there for the meaning of the particular timestamps.
|
2009-10-05 17:20:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2015-05-16 10:36:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-report_el_torito\fR mode
|
2014-04-29 17:49:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-05-16 10:36:06 +00:00
|
|
|
With mode \fBplain\fR print a report about the information found
|
2014-04-29 17:49:08 +00:00
|
|
|
in the El Torito boot catalog of the loaded ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-05-16 10:36:06 +00:00
|
|
|
With mode \fBhelp\fR print a text which explains the meaning of the
|
2014-04-29 17:49:08 +00:00
|
|
|
lines put out by "plain".
|
2015-01-29 09:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-05-16 10:36:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode \fBcmd\fR tries to print the \fBxorriso\fR commands which are
|
|
|
|
necessary to produce the found boot equipment: disk identifiers,
|
|
|
|
El Torito boot images, and System Area. Disk identifiers are strings
|
|
|
|
which the booting operating system might use to find the ISO filesystem
|
|
|
|
from where it comes. Currently known is the use of volume id and
|
|
|
|
modification date.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-01-29 09:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
The intended use case is modification of the filesystem by having \-indev
|
|
|
|
and \-outdev pointing to different images or drives.
|
|
|
|
The result might be insufficient, if the found equipment cannot be
|
2015-05-16 10:36:06 +00:00
|
|
|
produced by xorriso. Various SORRY events may arise in this case, but
|
|
|
|
it is not guaranteed that xorriso recognizes all its insufficiencies.
|
2015-01-29 09:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-05-16 10:36:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode \fBas_mkisofs\fR tries to print the \fBxorriso \-as mkisofs\fR
|
2015-01-29 09:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
options, which are necessary to produce the found equipment.
|
|
|
|
The intended use case is to use the mounted filesystem as input tree
|
2015-05-16 10:36:06 +00:00
|
|
|
together with the printed options.
|
2022-10-07 09:55:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If CHRP equipment is detected, then modes \fBcmd\fR and \fBas_mkisofs\fR
|
|
|
|
issue some of the relaxation commands or options which get detected by
|
|
|
|
command \fB\-assess_indev_features\fR. This happens because CHRP firmware
|
|
|
|
reads file paths from file /ppc/bootinfo.txt and tries to find them
|
|
|
|
case\-insensitively in the ECMA\-119 tree without using Rock Ridge. If such a
|
|
|
|
path has actually forbidden properties, like the name "powerpc\-ieee1275", then
|
|
|
|
the relaxations are needed to bring it unmangled into the ECMA\-119 tree.
|
2014-04-29 17:49:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2015-05-16 10:36:06 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-report_system_area\fR mode
|
|
|
|
With mode \fBplain\fR print a report about the information found in
|
2014-04-11 16:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
the System Area of the loaded ISO image. The report consists of zero to
|
|
|
|
many lines with a header text, a colon, and information text.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-05-16 10:36:06 +00:00
|
|
|
With mode \fBhelp\fR print a text which explains the meaning of the
|
2014-04-29 17:49:08 +00:00
|
|
|
lines put out by "plain". You probably will have to look
|
2014-04-24 08:41:28 +00:00
|
|
|
for more documentation which explains the technical details of the
|
|
|
|
mentioned boot facilities.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-05-16 10:36:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Modes \fBcmd\fR and \fBas_mkisofs\fR work like with
|
2015-01-29 09:13:18 +00:00
|
|
|
command \-report_el_torito. See above.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-08-16 13:18:31 +00:00
|
|
|
With mode \fBgpt_disk_guid\fR print the GPT disk GUID of the loaded ISO
|
|
|
|
in RFC 4122 text format to result channel. It is not considered an error if
|
|
|
|
no GPT is present. In this case nothing is printed to result channel.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-05-16 10:36:06 +00:00
|
|
|
With mode \fBgpt_crc_of:\fRdisk_path read up to 32 KiB from the disk
|
2014-04-24 08:41:28 +00:00
|
|
|
file with the path given after the colon. Compute the GPT compliant CRC number
|
2014-04-12 13:02:23 +00:00
|
|
|
and print it to the result channel. The number is shown like "0x690fd979".
|
|
|
|
The special disk_path "\-" causes reading from standard input.
|
2016-08-12 18:57:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-08-15 10:24:21 +00:00
|
|
|
With mode \fBmake_guid\fR print a pseudo\-random GUID in RFC 4122 text format
|
2016-08-12 18:57:21 +00:00
|
|
|
to result channel.
|
2014-04-11 16:12:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Navigation in ISO image and disk filesystem:
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-21 18:52:03 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-cd\fR iso_rr_path
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Change the current working directory in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
This is prepended to iso_rr_paths which do not begin with '/'.
|
2008-02-10 18:09:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
It is possible to set the working directory to a path which does not exist
|
|
|
|
yet in the ISO image. The necessary parent directories will be created when
|
|
|
|
the first file object is inserted into that virtual directory.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Use \-mkdir if you want to enforce the existence of the directory already at
|
2008-02-10 18:09:36 +00:00
|
|
|
first insertion.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-21 18:52:03 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-cdx\fR disk_path
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Change the current working directory in the local filesystem.
|
2008-01-27 17:46:04 +00:00
|
|
|
To be prepended to disk_paths which do not begin with '/'.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-pwd\fR
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Tell the current working directory in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-pwdx\fR
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Tell the current working directory in the local filesystem.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-04 07:44:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-ls\fR iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2007-12-18 18:00:37 +00:00
|
|
|
List files in the ISO image which match shell patterns
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
(i.e. with wildcards '*' '?' '[a\-z]').
|
2007-12-04 07:44:59 +00:00
|
|
|
If a pattern does not begin with '/' then it is compared with addresses
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
relative to \-cd.
|
2007-12-18 18:00:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Directories are listed by their content rather than as single file item.
|
2007-12-04 21:02:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Pattern expansion may be disabled by command \-iso_rr_pattern.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-18 18:00:37 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-lsd\fR iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-ls but listing directories as themselves and not by their content.
|
|
|
|
This resembles shell command ls \-d.
|
2007-12-18 18:00:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-lsl\fR iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-ls but also list some of the file attributes.
|
|
|
|
The output format resembles shell command ls \-ln.
|
2010-06-23 13:43:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-07-04 09:29:00 +00:00
|
|
|
File type 'e' indicates the El Torito boot catalog.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If the file has non\-trivial ACL, then a '+' is appended to the permission info.
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
If the file is hidden, then 'I' for "iso_rr", 'J' for "joliet", 'A'
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
for "hfsplus", 'H' for multiple hiding gets appended.
|
|
|
|
Together with ACL it is 'i', 'j', 'a', 'h'.
|
2007-12-18 18:00:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-lsdl\fR iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-lsd but also list some of the file attributes.
|
|
|
|
The output format resembles shell command ls \-dln.
|
2007-12-18 18:00:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-04 07:44:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-lsx\fR disk_pattern [***]
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
List files in the local filesystem which match shell patterns. Patterns which
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
do not begin with '/' are used relative to \-cdx.
|
2007-12-04 21:02:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-12-18 18:00:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Directories are listed by their content rather than as single file item.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Pattern expansion may be disabled by command \-disk_pattern.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-18 18:00:37 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-lsdx\fR disk_pattern [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-lsx but listing directories as themselves and not by their content.
|
|
|
|
This resembles shell command ls \-d.
|
2007-12-18 18:00:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-lslx\fR disk_pattern [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-lsx but also listing some of the file attributes.
|
|
|
|
Output format resembles shell command ls \-ln.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-18 18:00:37 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-lsdlx\fR disk_pattern [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-lsdx but also listing some of the file attributes.
|
|
|
|
Output format resembles shell command ls \-dln.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-01-22 15:22:57 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-getfacl\fR iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
|
|
|
Print the access permissions of the given files in the ISO image using the
|
|
|
|
format of shell command getfacl. If a file has no ACL then it gets fabricated
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
from the \-chmod settings. A file may have a real ACL if it was introduced into
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
the ISO image while command \-acl was set to "on".
|
2009-01-22 15:22:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-01-23 14:08:31 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-getfacl_r\fR iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-gefacl but listing recursively the whole file trees underneath eventual
|
2009-01-23 14:08:31 +00:00
|
|
|
directories.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-02-02 13:44:00 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-getfattr\fR iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2009-02-16 08:26:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Print the xattr of the given files in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
If a file has no such xattr then noting is printed for it.
|
2017-11-15 10:10:33 +00:00
|
|
|
The choice of namespaces
|
|
|
|
depends on the setting of command \-xattr: "on" or "user" restricts it to
|
|
|
|
namespace "user", "any" only omits namespace "isofs".
|
2009-02-02 13:44:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-getfattr_r\fR iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2017-11-15 10:10:33 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-gefattr but listing recursively the whole file trees underneath of
|
2009-02-02 13:44:00 +00:00
|
|
|
directories.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-04 07:44:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-du\fR iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
|
|
|
Recursively list size of directories and files in the ISO image
|
|
|
|
which match one of the patterns.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
similar to shell command du \-k.
|
2007-11-01 19:11:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-20 11:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-dus\fR iso_rr_pattern [***]
|
2007-12-04 07:44:59 +00:00
|
|
|
List size of directories and files in the ISO image
|
|
|
|
which match one of the patterns.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Similar to shell command du \-sk.
|
2007-12-04 07:44:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-01-19 13:49:17 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-dux\fR disk_pattern [***]
|
|
|
|
Recursively list size of directories and files in the local filesystem
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
which match one of the patterns. Similar to shell command du \-k.
|
2008-01-19 13:49:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-20 11:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-dusx\fR disk_pattern [***]
|
2007-12-04 07:44:59 +00:00
|
|
|
List size of directories and files in the local filesystem
|
|
|
|
which match one of the patterns.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Similar to shell command du \-sk.
|
2007-11-01 19:11:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-03-09 21:11:00 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-findx\fR disk_path [-name pattern] [-type t] [-exec action [params]] --
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-find but operating on local filesystem and not on the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
This is subject to the settings of \-follow.
|
2007-12-30 19:02:44 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
\-findx accepts the same \-type parameters as \-find. Additionally it recognizes
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
type "mountpoint" (or "m") which matches subdirectories which reside on a
|
2008-03-07 18:24:26 +00:00
|
|
|
different device than their parent. It never matches the disk_path
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
given as start address for \-findx.
|
2008-03-07 18:24:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-findx accepts the \-exec actions as does \-find. But except the following few
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
actions it will always perform action "echo".
|
2008-02-28 21:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBin_iso\fR
|
2010-12-11 08:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
reports the path if its counterpart exists in the ISO image.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
For this the disk_path of the \-findx command gets replaced
|
2009-04-21 17:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
by the iso_rr_path given as parameter.
|
2008-02-28 21:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
E.g.: \-findx /home/thomas \-exec in_iso /thomas_on_cd \-\-
|
2008-02-28 21:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBnot_in_iso\fR
|
|
|
|
reports the path if its counterpart does
|
2008-02-29 20:09:12 +00:00
|
|
|
not exist in the ISO image. The report format is the same as with command
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-compare.
|
2008-03-01 15:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBadd_missing\fR iso_rr_path_start
|
|
|
|
adds the counterpart if it does not yet
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
exist in the ISO image and marks it for "rm_merge" as non\-removable.
|
2008-03-01 15:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
E.g.: \-findx /home/thomas \-exec add_missing /thomas_on_cd \-\-
|
2008-03-07 22:04:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBis_full_in_iso\fR
|
|
|
|
reports if the counterpart in the ISO image
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
contains files. To be used with \-type "m" to report mount points.
|
2008-03-07 22:04:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBempty_iso_dir\fR
|
|
|
|
deletes all files from the counterpart
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
in the ISO image. To be used with \-type "m" to truncate mount points.
|
2010-12-11 08:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBestimate_size\fR
|
|
|
|
prints a lower and an upper estimation of the number of blocks which the
|
|
|
|
found files together will occupy in the emerging ISO image.
|
|
|
|
This does not account for the superblock,
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
for the directories in the \-findx path, or for image padding.
|
2011-08-25 19:00:46 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBlist_extattr\fR mode
|
|
|
|
prints a script to the result channel, which would use FreeBSD command
|
|
|
|
setextattr to set the file's xattr name\-value pairs of user namespace.
|
|
|
|
See \-find for a description of parameter mode.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g. \-exec list_extattr e \-\-
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-02-26 21:45:28 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-compare\fR disk_path iso_rr_path
|
|
|
|
Compare attributes and eventual data file content of a fileobject in the
|
2008-02-28 13:27:44 +00:00
|
|
|
local filesystem with a file object in the ISO image. The iso_rr_path may
|
|
|
|
well point to an image file object which is not yet committed, i.e. of which
|
2008-02-26 21:45:28 +00:00
|
|
|
the data content still resides in the local filesystem. Such data content is
|
|
|
|
prone to externally caused changes.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-02-28 13:27:44 +00:00
|
|
|
If iso_rr_path is empty then disk_path is used as path in the ISO image too.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-02-26 21:45:28 +00:00
|
|
|
Differing attributes are reported in detail, differing content is summarized.
|
|
|
|
Both to the result channel. In case of no differences no result lines are
|
|
|
|
emitted.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-02-28 21:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-compare_r\fR disk_path iso_rr_path
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-compare but working recursively. I.e. all file objects below both
|
2008-02-28 21:42:37 +00:00
|
|
|
addresses get compared whether they have counterparts below the other address
|
|
|
|
and whether both counterparts match.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-06-17 12:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-compare_l\fR disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Perform \-compare_r with each of the disk_path parameters. iso_rr_path will be
|
2008-06-17 12:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
composed from disk_path by replacing disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-04-06 13:20:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-show_stream\fR iso_rr_path [***]
|
|
|
|
Display the content stream chain of data files in the ISO image. The chain
|
|
|
|
consists of the iso_rr_name and one or more streams, separated by " < " marks.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
A stream description consists of one or more texts, separated by ":"
|
|
|
|
characters.
|
|
|
|
The first text tells the stream type, the following ones, if ever, describe its
|
|
|
|
individual properties.
|
2009-04-06 13:20:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Frequently used types are:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-06 14:31:07 +00:00
|
|
|
disk:'disk_path' for local filesystem objects.
|
2009-04-06 13:20:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-06 14:31:07 +00:00
|
|
|
image:'iso_rr_path' for ISO image file objects.
|
2009-04-06 13:20:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
cout:'disk_path offset count' for \-cut_out files.
|
2009-04-06 13:20:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-04-06 14:31:07 +00:00
|
|
|
extf:'filter_name' for external filters.
|
2020-10-14 20:59:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-\-zisofs:algorithm:block_size for zisofs compression filters.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-\-zisofs\-decode:algorithm:block_size for zisofs uncompression filters.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-\-gzip for internal gzip compression filters.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-\-gunzip for internal gzip uncompression filters.
|
2009-04-06 14:31:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
'/abc/xyz.gz' < extf:'gzip' < disk:'/home/me/x'
|
2009-04-06 13:20:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-show_stream_r\fR iso_rr_path [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-show_stream but working recursively.
|
2009-04-06 13:20:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Evaluation of readability and recovery:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
It is not uncommon that optical media produce read errors. The reasons may be
|
|
|
|
various and get obscured by error correction which is performed by the drives
|
|
|
|
and based on extra data on the media. If a drive returns data then one can
|
|
|
|
quite trust that they are valid. But at some degree of read problems the
|
|
|
|
correction will fail and the drive is supposed to indicate error.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR can scan a medium for readable data blocks, classify them
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
according
|
2016-07-03 20:46:51 +00:00
|
|
|
to their read speed, save them to a file, and keep track of successfully saved
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
blocks for further tries on the same medium.
|
2009-08-12 20:23:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
By command \-md5 checksums may get recorded with data files and whole
|
2009-08-12 20:23:31 +00:00
|
|
|
sessions. These checksums are reachable only via indev and a loaded image.
|
|
|
|
They work independently of the media type and can detect transmission errors.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-check_media\fR [option [option ...]] --
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Try to read data blocks from the indev drive, optionally copy them to a
|
2008-08-22 23:27:21 +00:00
|
|
|
disk file, and finally report about the encountered quality. Several options
|
|
|
|
may be used to modify the default behavior.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
The parameters given with this command override the default settings which
|
|
|
|
may have been changed by command \-check_media_defaults. See there for a
|
|
|
|
description of available options.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-09-04 10:02:58 +00:00
|
|
|
The result list tells intervals of 2 KiB blocks with start address, number
|
|
|
|
of blocks and quality. Qualities which begin with "+" are
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
supposed to be valid readable data. Qualities with "\-" are unreadable or
|
2009-08-14 21:15:52 +00:00
|
|
|
corrupted data.
|
2009-08-15 17:34:00 +00:00
|
|
|
"0" indicates qualities which are not covered by the check run or are regularly
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
allowed to be unreadable (e.g. gaps between tracks).
|
2008-09-04 10:02:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Alternatively it is possible to report damaged files rather than blocks.
|
2009-08-14 21:15:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If \-md5 is "on" then the default mode what=tracks looks out for libisofs
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
checksum tags for the ISO session data and checks them
|
2009-08-14 21:15:52 +00:00
|
|
|
against the checksums computed from the data stream.
|
2008-09-04 10:02:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-check_media_defaults\fR [option [option ...]] --
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Preset options for runs of \-check_media, \-extract_cut and best_effort
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
file extraction. Options given with \-check_media will override the
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
preset options. \-extract_cut will override some options automatically.
|
2008-09-04 10:02:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
An option consists of a keyword, a "=" character, and a value. Options
|
|
|
|
may override each other. So their sequence matters.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The default setting at program start is:
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
use=indev what=tracks min_lba=\-1 max_lba=\-1 retry=default
|
2009-08-15 17:34:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
time_limit=28800 item_limit=100000 data_to='' event=ALL
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
abort_file=/var/opt/xorriso/do_abort_check_media
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-08-15 17:34:00 +00:00
|
|
|
sector_map='' map_with_volid=off patch_lba0=off report=blocks
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-01-20 18:42:51 +00:00
|
|
|
bad_limit=invalid slow_limit=1.0 chunk_size=0s async_chunks=0
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-09-04 10:02:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Option "reset=now" restores these startup defaults.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Non\-default options are:
|
2008-08-26 21:04:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBreport="files"\fR
|
|
|
|
lists the files which use damaged blocks (not with use=outdev).
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The format is like with find \-exec report_damage.
|
2010-12-11 08:28:23 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that a MD5 session mismatch marks all files of the session as damaged.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If finer distinction is desired, perform \-md5 off before \-check_media.
|
2008-08-26 21:04:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBreport="blocks_files"\fR
|
|
|
|
first lists damaged blocks and then affected files.
|
2008-08-26 21:04:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBuse="outdev"\fR
|
|
|
|
reads from the output drive instead of the input drive. This
|
2008-08-15 15:55:35 +00:00
|
|
|
avoids loading the ISO image tree from media.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBuse="sector_map"\fR
|
|
|
|
does not read any media but loads the file given by option
|
|
|
|
sector_map= and processes this virtual outcome.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBwhat="disc"\fR
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
scans the payload range of a medium without respecting track gaps.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-07-25 09:59:12 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBwhat="image"\fR
|
|
|
|
similar to "disc", but restricts scanning to the range of the ISO 9660 image,
|
|
|
|
if present.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBmin_lba=limit\fR
|
|
|
|
omits all blocks with addresses lower than limit.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBmax_lba=limit\fR
|
|
|
|
switches to what=disc and omits all blocks above limit.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-19 11:52:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBchunk_size=size\fR
|
|
|
|
sets the number of bytes to be read in one low\-level read operation.
|
|
|
|
This gets rounded down to full blocks of 2048 bytes. 0 means automatic size.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBretry="on"\fR
|
2014-04-19 11:52:07 +00:00
|
|
|
forces read retries with minimal senseful chunk size when the normal read
|
|
|
|
chunk produces a read error. This size is 1s with CD and stdio files,
|
|
|
|
16s with DVD (1 ECC Block), and 32s with BD (1 Cluster).
|
|
|
|
By default, retries are only enabled with CD media. "retry=off" forbits retries for all media types.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBabort_file=disk_path\fR
|
|
|
|
gives the path of the file which may abort a scan run. Abort
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
happens if the file exists and its mtime is not older than the start time
|
|
|
|
of the run. Use shell command "touch" to trigger this.
|
|
|
|
Other than an aborted program run, this will report the tested and untested
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
blocks and go on with running \fBxorriso\fR.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBtime_limit=seconds\fR
|
|
|
|
gives the number of seconds after which the scan shall be
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
aborted. This is useful for unattended scanning of media which may else
|
|
|
|
overwork the drive in its effort to squeeze out some readable blocks.
|
|
|
|
Abort may be delayed by the drive gnawing on the last single read operation.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Value \-1 means unlimited time.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBitem_limit=number\fR
|
|
|
|
gives the number of report list items after which to abort.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Value \-1 means unlimited item number.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBdata_to=disk_path\fR
|
2020-09-30 19:07:50 +00:00
|
|
|
copies the valid blocks to the given file, which must support random access
|
|
|
|
writing, unless disk_path is "\-" which means standard output.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
In the latter case, patch_lba0= settings other than "off" yield failure.
|
|
|
|
Further the usual result messages of \-check_media get redirected to the info
|
|
|
|
channel. But beware of result messages from other commands. Beware of \-*dev "\-"
|
|
|
|
which redirect standard output to standard error. Keep the run simple:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
xorriso \-indev /dev/sr0 \-check_media data_to=\- \-\- | md5sum
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
xorriso \-outdev /dev/sr0 \-check_media data_to=\- use=outdev \\
|
|
|
|
what=disc min_lba=0 max_lba=999999 \-\- | sha256sum
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBevent=severity\fR
|
|
|
|
sets the given severity for a problem event which shall be issued at
|
2009-08-15 17:34:00 +00:00
|
|
|
the end of a check run if data blocks were unreadable or failed to match
|
|
|
|
recorded MD5 checksums. Severity "ALL" disables this event.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBsector_map=disk_path\fR
|
|
|
|
tries to read the file given by disk_path as
|
2008-08-15 15:55:35 +00:00
|
|
|
sector bitmap and to store such a map file after the scan run.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
The bitmap tells which blocks have been read successfully in previous runs.
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
It is the persistent memory for several scans on the same medium, even with
|
|
|
|
intermediate eject, in order to collect readable blocks whenever the drive
|
|
|
|
is lucky enough to produce them. The stored file contains a human readable
|
|
|
|
TOC of tracks and their start block addresses, followed by binary bitmap data.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-01-20 18:42:51 +00:00
|
|
|
By default, untested blocks are not considered bad, but rather as intentionally
|
|
|
|
unread. If you expect time_limit= or item_limit= to abort the run, then
|
|
|
|
consider to use bad_limit="untested".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBmap_with_volid="on"\fR
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
examines tracks whether they are ISO images and
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
prints their volume IDs into the human readable TOC of sector_map=.
|
2008-08-15 15:55:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBpatch_lba0="on"\fR
|
|
|
|
transfers within the data_to= file a copy of the currently
|
2008-08-22 23:27:21 +00:00
|
|
|
loaded session head to the start of that file and patches it to be valid
|
|
|
|
at that position.
|
2012-07-26 13:09:09 +00:00
|
|
|
This makes the loaded session the last valid session of the image file
|
|
|
|
when it gets mounted or loaded as stdio: drive. New sessions will be appended
|
|
|
|
after this last session and will overwrite any sessions which have followed it.
|
2008-08-22 23:27:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBpatch_lba0="force"\fR
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
performs patch_lba0="on" even if \fBxorriso\fR believes
|
2008-08-22 23:27:21 +00:00
|
|
|
that the copied data are not valid.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
patch_lba0= may also bear a number. If it is 32 or higher it is taken as
|
2008-08-22 23:27:21 +00:00
|
|
|
start address of the session to be copied. In this case it is not necessary to
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
have an \-indev and a loaded image. ":force" may be appended after the number.
|
2008-08-22 23:27:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBbad_limit=threshold\fR
|
|
|
|
sets the highest quality which shall be considered as damage.
|
2009-09-30 09:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
Choose one of "good", "md5_match", "slow", "partial", "valid", "untested",
|
2018-09-01 19:19:06 +00:00
|
|
|
"md5_mismatch", "invalid", "tao_end", "off_track", "unreadable".
|
2009-09-30 09:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-19 11:52:07 +00:00
|
|
|
"valid" and "invalid" are qualities imported from a sector_map file.
|
|
|
|
"tao_end" and "off_track" are intentionally not readable, but not bad either.
|
|
|
|
"partial" are blocks retrieved from a partially readable chunk. They are
|
|
|
|
supposed to be ok but stem from a suspicious neighborhood.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"md5_match" and "md5_mismatch" regions overlap with regions of other quality.
|
2018-09-01 19:19:06 +00:00
|
|
|
The former is a strong confirmation for quality, the latter only tells that
|
|
|
|
one or more blocks of the region must be wrong.
|
2014-04-19 11:52:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2018-11-01 10:04:13 +00:00
|
|
|
By default bad_limit is set higher than md5_mismatch, so that mismatches are
|
|
|
|
classified as quality class "0" rather than "\-". This means that the sectors
|
|
|
|
of a MD5 mismatch range are recorded in the sector_map as successfully read,
|
|
|
|
if the drive handed them out at all. Set "bad_limit=md5_mismatch" to let the
|
|
|
|
sector_map record the whole mismatching range as yet not retrieved.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBslow_limit=threshold\fR
|
|
|
|
sets the time threshold for a single read chunk to be considered
|
2009-09-30 09:25:34 +00:00
|
|
|
slow. This may be a fractional number like 0.1 or 1.5.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-05-01 07:49:46 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBasync_chunks=number\fR
|
|
|
|
enables asynchronous MD5 processing if number is 2 or larger.
|
|
|
|
In this case the given number of read chunks is allocated as fifo buffer.
|
2012-05-02 11:09:40 +00:00
|
|
|
On very fast MMC drives try: chunk_size=64s async_chunks=16.
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-08-12 13:03:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-check_md5\fR severity iso_rr_path [***]
|
|
|
|
Compare the data content of the given files in the loaded image with their
|
|
|
|
recorded MD5 checksums, if there are any. In case of any mismatch an event of
|
|
|
|
the given severity is issued. It may then be handled by appropriate settings of
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
commands \-abort_on or \-return_with which both can cause non\-zero exit values
|
2009-08-12 13:03:07 +00:00
|
|
|
of the program run. Severity ALL suppresses that event.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
This command reports match and mismatch of data files to the result channel.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Non\-data files cause NOTE events. There will also be UPDATE events from
|
2009-08-12 13:03:07 +00:00
|
|
|
data reading.
|
2009-08-12 20:23:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If no iso_rr_path is given then the whole loaded session is compared with its
|
|
|
|
MD5 sum. Be aware that this covers only one session and not the whole image
|
|
|
|
if there are older sessions.
|
2009-08-12 13:03:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-check_md5_r\fR severity iso_rr_path [***]
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-check_md5 but checking all data files underneath the given paths.
|
2009-08-12 13:03:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Only mismatching data files will be reported.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.B osirrox ISO-to-disk restore commands:
|
2008-05-22 21:08:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Normally \fBxorriso\fR only writes to disk files which were given as stdio:
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
pseudo\-drives or as log files.
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
But its alter ego osirrox is able to extract file objects
|
2008-05-22 21:08:26 +00:00
|
|
|
from ISO images and to create, overwrite, or delete file objects on disk.
|
2008-06-05 16:51:04 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Disk file exclusions by \-not_mgt, \-not_leaf, \-not_paths apply.
|
2021-09-13 15:12:34 +00:00
|
|
|
The exclusion tests are made with the paths and names for the disk files.
|
|
|
|
If exclusion of paths or names in the ISO image is desired, then use image
|
|
|
|
manipulation commands like \-rm or \-find ... \-exec rm before extraction,
|
|
|
|
and end the program by \-rollback_end .
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Excluded disk_path parameters of extraction commands cause SORRY events.
|
|
|
|
Implicitely given paths in trees under disk_path parameters are excluded
|
|
|
|
silently.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If disk file objects already exist then the settings of \-overwrite and
|
|
|
|
\-reassure apply. But \-overwrite "on" only triggers the behavior
|
|
|
|
of \-overwrite "nondir". I.e. directories cannot be deleted.
|
2008-06-11 13:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Access permissions of files in the ISO image do not restrict restoring.
|
2008-06-20 09:16:34 +00:00
|
|
|
The directory permissions on disk have to allow rwx.
|
2008-05-22 21:08:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2013-01-04 19:00:14 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-osirrox\fR setting[:option:...]
|
2020-01-02 17:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Setting \fBoff\fR disables disk filesystem manipulations. This is the default
|
|
|
|
unless the program was started with leafname \fBosirrox\fR. Elsewise the
|
|
|
|
capability to restore files can be enabled explicitly by \-osirrox \fBon\fR.
|
|
|
|
It can be irrevocably disabled by \-osirrox \fBbanned\fR.
|
2008-05-24 09:25:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2020-01-02 17:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
The setting \fBblocked\fR is like \fBoff\fR. But it can only be revoked
|
|
|
|
by setting \fBunblock\fR, which elsewise is like \fBon\fR. This can be
|
|
|
|
used to curb command scripts which might use \fBon\fR undesiredly.
|
2013-01-04 19:00:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2020-01-02 17:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
To enable restoring of special files by \fBdevice_files\fR is potentially
|
2008-05-24 09:25:26 +00:00
|
|
|
dangerous.
|
|
|
|
The meaning of the number st_rdev (see man 2 stat) depends much on the
|
|
|
|
operating system. Best is to restore device files only to the same system
|
|
|
|
from where they were copied. If not enabled, device files in the ISO image
|
|
|
|
are ignored during restore operations.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Due to a bug of previous versions, device files from previous sessions might
|
|
|
|
have been altered to major=0, minor=1. So this combination does not get
|
|
|
|
restored.
|
2008-05-31 17:40:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2020-01-02 17:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Option \fBconcat_split_on\fR is default. It enables restoring of split file
|
2008-06-02 15:32:53 +00:00
|
|
|
directories as data files if the directory contains a complete collection
|
2020-01-02 17:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
of \-cut_out part files. With option \fBconcat_split_off\fR such directories
|
|
|
|
are handled like any other ISO image directory.
|
2008-06-20 09:16:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2020-01-02 17:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Option \fBauto_chmod_off\fR is default. If \fBauto_chmod_on\fR is set
|
|
|
|
then access restrictions for disk directories get circumvented if those
|
|
|
|
directories are owned by the effective user who runs \fBxorriso\fR.
|
|
|
|
This happens by temporarily granting rwx permission to the owner.
|
2009-05-26 14:00:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2020-01-02 17:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Option \fBsort_lba_on\fR may improve read performance with optical drives.
|
|
|
|
It can restore large numbers of hard links without exhausting
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-temp_mem_limit. It does not preserve directory mtime and it needs
|
|
|
|
\-osirrox option auto_chmod_on in order to extract directories which offer no
|
2020-01-02 17:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
write permission. Default is \fBsort_lba_off\fR.
|
2009-09-19 16:09:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2020-01-02 17:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Option \fBo_excl_on\fR is the default unless the program was started with
|
|
|
|
leafname "osirrox". On GNU/Linux it tries to avoid using drives which are
|
|
|
|
mounted or in use by other libburn programs.
|
|
|
|
Option \fBo_excl_off\fR on GNU/Linux enables access to such drives by the
|
2019-09-08 10:30:52 +00:00
|
|
|
equivalent of \-drive_access "shared:readonly". I.e. drives which
|
2020-01-02 17:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
get acquired while \fBo_excl_off\fR will refuse to get blanked, formatted,
|
2009-09-19 16:09:21 +00:00
|
|
|
written, or ejected. But be aware that even harmless inquiries can spoil
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
ongoing burns of CD\-R[W] and DVD\-R[W].
|
2011-08-23 10:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2020-01-02 17:50:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Option \fBstrict_acl_off\fR is default. It tolerates on FreeBSD the presence
|
|
|
|
of directory "default" ACLs in the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
With \fBstrict_acl_on\fR these GNU/Linux ACLs cause on FreeBSD a FAILURE
|
|
|
|
event during restore with \-acl "on".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Option \fBcheck_md5_off\fR disables MD5 checking during copy to disk.
|
|
|
|
The default option \fBcheck_md5_on\fR enables it if \-md5 is "on". If a data
|
|
|
|
file with recorded MD5 is copied as a whole to the disk filesystem, then the
|
|
|
|
MD5 of the copied content gets computed and compared with the recorded MD5.
|
|
|
|
A mismatch causes an error message of severity SORRY.
|
|
|
|
Option \fBcheck_md5_force\fR causes an error message if \-md5 is "on"
|
|
|
|
but no MD5 is recorded for the data file.
|
2020-11-03 08:27:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Option \fBsparse=\fR controls production of sparse files during
|
|
|
|
extraction of files from the ISO filesystem.
|
|
|
|
Default is \fBsparse=off\fR.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
A positive number like in \fBsparse=1m\fR sets the minimum requirement
|
|
|
|
for the length of a sequence of 0\-bytes which shall be represented by a gap.
|
|
|
|
This saves disk space if the disk filesystem supports sparse files.
|
|
|
|
A gap gets created by help of lseek(2) if a sequence of read buffers, which
|
|
|
|
contain only 0\-bytes, bears at least the minimum amount of bytes. Expect
|
|
|
|
read buffers to be in the size range of 32k or 64k.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Command \-paste_in creates gaps only if the writing begins at or after the end
|
|
|
|
of the existing disk file. So the sequence of \-paste_in commands matters.
|
|
|
|
Command \-concat does not create sparse files.
|
2008-05-22 21:08:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-06-14 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-extract\fR iso_rr_path disk_path
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Copy the file objects at and underneath iso_rr_path to their corresponding
|
2008-06-14 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
addresses at and underneath disk_path.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
This is the inverse of \-map or \-update_r.
|
2008-06-14 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If iso_rr_path is a directory and disk_path is an existing directory then
|
|
|
|
both trees will be merged. Directory attributes get extracted only if the disk
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
directory is newly created by the copy operation.
|
2008-06-14 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
Disk files get removed only if they are to be replaced
|
|
|
|
by file objects from the ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
As many attributes as possible are copied together with restored
|
|
|
|
file objects.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-extract_single\fR iso_rr_path disk_path
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-extract, but if iso_rr_path is a directory then its sub tree gets not
|
2008-06-14 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
restored.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-06-17 12:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-extract_l\fR iso_rr_prefix disk_prefix iso_rr_path [***]
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Perform \-extract with each of the iso_rr_path parameters. disk_path will be
|
2008-06-17 12:15:16 +00:00
|
|
|
composed from iso_rr_path by replacing iso_rr_prefix by disk_prefix.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-09-02 16:48:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-extract_cut\fR iso_rr_path byte_offset byte_count disk_path
|
|
|
|
Copy a byte interval from a data file out of an ISO image into a newly created
|
|
|
|
disk file.
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
The main purpose for this is to offer a way of handling large files if they
|
|
|
|
are not supported by mount \-t iso9660 or if the target disk filesystem cannot
|
|
|
|
store large files.
|
2009-05-14 08:20:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If the data bytes of iso_rr_path are stored in the loaded ISO image,
|
|
|
|
and no filter is applied,
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
and byte_offset is a multiple of 2048, then a special run of \-check_media
|
2009-05-14 08:20:33 +00:00
|
|
|
is performed. It may be quicker and more rugged than the general reading
|
|
|
|
method.
|
2008-09-02 16:48:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-05-22 21:08:26 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-cpx\fR iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Copy single leaf file objects from the ISO image to the address given by
|
|
|
|
disk_path. If more then one iso_rr_path is given then
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
disk_path must be a directory or non\-existent. In the latter case it gets
|
2008-06-11 13:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
created and the extracted files get installed in it with the same leafnames.
|
2008-05-22 21:08:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Missing directory components in disk_path will get created, if possible.
|
2008-05-31 17:40:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Directories are allowed as iso_rr_path only with \-osirrox "concat_split_on"
|
|
|
|
and only if they actually represent a complete collection of \-cut_out split
|
2008-05-31 17:40:18 +00:00
|
|
|
file parts.
|
2008-05-22 21:08:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-06-05 16:51:04 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-cpax\fR iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-cpx but restoring mtime, atime as in ISO image and trying to set
|
2008-06-05 16:51:04 +00:00
|
|
|
ownership and group as in ISO image.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-cp_rx\fR iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-cpx but also extracting whole directory trees from the ISO image.
|
2008-06-11 13:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The resulting disk paths are determined as with shell command cp \-r :
|
2008-06-14 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
If disk_path is an existing directory then the trees will be inserted or merged
|
2008-06-12 11:26:31 +00:00
|
|
|
underneath this directory and will keep their leaf names. The ISO directory "/"
|
|
|
|
has no leaf name and thus gets mapped directly to disk_path.
|
2008-06-05 16:51:04 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-cp_rax\fR iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \-cp_rx but restoring mtime, atime as in ISO image and trying to set
|
2008-06-05 16:51:04 +00:00
|
|
|
ownership and group as in ISO image.
|
2008-06-14 10:47:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-06-14 18:44:42 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-paste_in\fR iso_rr_path disk_path byte_offset byte_count
|
2022-05-30 16:48:05 +00:00
|
|
|
Read the content of a ISO data file and write it into a data file or device
|
|
|
|
file on disk beginning at the byte_offset. Write at most byte_count bytes.
|
|
|
|
The file depicted by disk_path has to support random write access.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
This is the inverse of command \-cut_out.
|
2008-06-05 16:51:04 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2014-04-21 13:18:38 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-concat\fR mode [target | lim prog [args [...]] lim] iso_rr_path [***]
|
|
|
|
Copy the data content of one or more data files of the ISO image into a
|
|
|
|
disk file object, into a file descriptor, or start a program and copy the
|
|
|
|
data into its standard input.
|
|
|
|
The latter is subject to the security restrictions for external filters.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Modes \fBoverwrite\fR and \fBappend\fR write into the target which is
|
|
|
|
given by the second parameter. This may be the path to a disk file object,
|
|
|
|
or "\-" which means standard output, or a text of the form /dev/fd/number,
|
|
|
|
where number is an open file descriptor (e.g. standard error is /dev/fd/2).
|
|
|
|
An existing target file is not removed before writing begins. If it is not
|
|
|
|
able to take content data, then this command fails.
|
|
|
|
Mode overwrite truncates regular data files to 0 size before writing into them.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
2014-04-22 08:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-21 13:18:38 +00:00
|
|
|
\-concat append /home/me/accumulated_text /my/iso/text \-\-
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-22 08:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2014-04-21 13:18:38 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode \fBpipe\fR expects as second parameter a delimiter word which shall
|
|
|
|
mark the end of the program argument list. The third argument is the disk_path
|
|
|
|
to the program. It must contain at least one '/'. $PATH is not applied.
|
|
|
|
Further parameters up to the announced delimiter
|
|
|
|
word are used as arguments with the program start. Example:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-22 08:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\-iso_rr_pattern on \\
|
2014-04-21 13:18:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-22 08:55:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\-concat pipe + /usr/bin/wc + "/my/iso/files*" \-\-
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
|
2014-04-21 13:18:38 +00:00
|
|
|
The further parameters in all modes are the iso_rr_paths of data files.
|
|
|
|
Their content gets concatenated in the copy.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2020-12-05 08:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-extract_boot_images\fR disk_path
|
|
|
|
Copy boot equipment to disk, which is not necessarily represented as data files
|
|
|
|
in the ISO filesystem. The data get written into various files in a disk
|
|
|
|
directory, which may already exist or of which the parent must exist so that
|
|
|
|
it can get created.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Files may be missing if their corresponding information is
|
|
|
|
not present in the ISO filesystem. Existing files do not get overwritten but
|
|
|
|
rather cause a failure event.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The same data may appear in different files. E.g. the El Torito boot image for
|
|
|
|
EFI is often the same data as the EFI partition in MBR or GPT.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
File "eltorito_catalog.img" contains the El Torito Boot Catalog.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Files "eltorito_img*_*.img" contain El Torito Boot images. The first "*" gives
|
|
|
|
the image number, the second "*" gives the type: "bios", "mac", "ppc", "uefi",
|
|
|
|
or a hex number.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
File "mbr_code_isohybrid.img" contains the ISOLINUX MBR template.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
File "mbr_code_grub2.img" contains the GRUB2 MBR template.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
File "systemarea.img" contains the whole 32 KiB of System Area if not all zero.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Files "mbr_part*_efi.img" contain EFI partition images from the MBR partition
|
|
|
|
table. The "*" text part gives the partition number.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Files "mbr_part*_prep.img" contain PReP partition images.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Files "gpt_part*_efi.img" contain EFI partition images from GPT.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Files "gpt_part*_hfsplus.img" contain HFS+ partition images from GPT.
|
|
|
|
To avoid extracting the whole HFS+ aspect of hybrid ISO filesystems, the
|
|
|
|
partition image is extracted only if it has less than half of the size of
|
|
|
|
the ISO filesystem or if the partition is outside the ISO filesystem.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-12-07 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-mount\fR drive entity id path
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Produce the same line as \-mount_cmd and then execute it as external program run
|
|
|
|
after giving up the depicted drive. See also \-mount_opts.
|
|
|
|
This demands \-osirrox to be enabled and normally will succeed only for the
|
2008-12-07 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
superuser. For safety reasons the mount program is only executed if it is
|
|
|
|
reachable as /bin/mount or /sbin/mount.
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-02-19 18:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Command compatibility emulations:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2008-02-20 23:48:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Writing of ISO 9660 on CD is traditionally done by program mkisofs
|
2008-02-19 18:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
as ISO 9660 image producer and cdrecord as burn program.
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR does not strive for their comprehensive emulation.
|
2008-02-20 23:48:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Nevertheless it is ready to perform some of its core tasks under control
|
|
|
|
of commands which in said programs trigger comparable actions.
|
2008-02-19 18:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-as\fR personality option [options] --
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Perform the variable length option list as sparse emulation of the program
|
2008-07-05 18:23:46 +00:00
|
|
|
depicted by the personality word.
|
2008-02-20 23:48:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Personality "\fBmkisofs\fR" accepts the options listed with:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-as mkisofs \-help \-\-
|
2008-02-20 23:48:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Among them: \-R (always on), \-r, \-J, \-o, \-M, \-C, \-dir\-mode, \-file\-mode,
|
|
|
|
\-path\-list, \-m, \-exclude\-list,
|
|
|
|
\-f, \-print\-size, \-pad, \-no\-pad, \-V, \-v, \-version, \-graft\-points, \-z,
|
|
|
|
\-no\-emul\-boot, \-b, \-c, \-boot\-info\-table, \-boot\-load\-size, \-input\-charset, \-G,
|
|
|
|
\-output\-charset, \-U, \-hide, \-hide\-joliet, \-hide\-list, \-hide\-joliet\-list,
|
2010-06-24 08:49:04 +00:00
|
|
|
file paths and pathspecs.
|
2008-07-17 11:13:32 +00:00
|
|
|
A lot of options are not supported and lead to failure of the mkisofs
|
|
|
|
emulation. Some are ignored, but better do not rely on this tolerance.
|
2008-02-20 23:48:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
The supported options are documented in detail in xorrisofs.info
|
|
|
|
and in man xorrisofs. The description here is focused on the effect
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
of mkisofs emulation in the context of a \fBxorriso\fR run.
|
2008-02-20 23:48:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Other than with the "cdrecord" personality there is no automatic \-commit at
|
|
|
|
the end of a "mkisofs" option list. Verbosity settings \-v (= "UPDATE") and
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
\-quiet (= "SORRY") persist. The output file
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
persists until things happen like \-commit, \-rollback, \-dev, or end of
|
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR.
|
2013-03-10 19:34:09 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Options which affect all file objects in the ISO image, like \-r or \-dir\-mode,
|
|
|
|
will be applied only to files which are present in the ISO image when
|
|
|
|
the command \-as ends. If you use several \-as mkisofs commands in the same
|
|
|
|
run, then consider to put such options into the last \-as command.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2014-04-08 09:18:14 +00:00
|
|
|
If files are added to the image, then \-pacifier gets set to "mkisofs" and
|
|
|
|
\-stdio_sync is defaulted to "off" if no such setting was made yet.
|
2008-02-20 23:48:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-graft\-points is equivalent to \-pathspecs on. Note that pathspecs without "="
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
are interpreted differently than with \fBxorriso\fR command \-add.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Directories get
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
merged with the root directory of the ISO image, other filetypes get mapped
|
|
|
|
into that root directory.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-07-17 11:13:32 +00:00
|
|
|
If pathspecs are given and if no output file was chosen before or during the
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"mkisofs" option list, then standard output (\-outdev "\-") will get into effect.
|
|
|
|
If \-o points to a regular file, then it will be truncated to 0 bytes
|
2008-02-21 18:52:52 +00:00
|
|
|
when finally writing begins. This truncation does not happen if the drive
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
is chosen by \fBxorriso\fR commands before \-as mkisofs or after its
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
list delimiter. Directories and symbolic links are no valid \-o targets.
|
2008-02-19 18:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Writing to stdout is possible only if \-as "mkisofs" was among the start
|
2008-02-20 23:48:08 +00:00
|
|
|
arguments or if other start arguments pointed the output drive to
|
|
|
|
standard output.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-print\-size inhibits automatic image production at program end. This ban is
|
2010-12-02 06:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
lifted only if the pending image changes get discarded.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Padding is counted as part of the ISO image if not option \-\-emul\-toc
|
2011-03-02 09:45:02 +00:00
|
|
|
is given.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If no \-iso\-level is given, then level 1 is chosen when the first file or
|
2010-12-25 09:43:15 +00:00
|
|
|
directory is added to the image. At the same occasion directory names get
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
allowed to violate the standard by \-compliance option allow_dir_id_ext.
|
|
|
|
This may be avoided by option \-disallow_dir_id_ext.
|
2010-12-25 09:43:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Option \-root is supported. Option \-old\-root is implemented by \fBxorriso\fR
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
commands \-mkdir, \-cp_clone, \-find update_merge, and \-find rm_merge.
|
|
|
|
\-root and \-old\-root set command \-disk_dev_ino to "ino_only" and \-md5 to "on",
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
by default.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-disk_dev_ino can be set to "off" by \-\-old\-root\-no\-ino
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
or to "on" by \-\-old\-root\-devno .
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-md5 can be set to "off" by \-\-old\-root\-no\-md5 .
|
2011-01-19 11:41:45 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Not original mkisofs options are \-\-quoted_path_list ,
|
|
|
|
\-\-hardlinks , \-\-acl ,
|
|
|
|
\-\-xattr , \-\-md5 , \-\-stdio_sync .
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
They work like the \fBxorriso\fR commands with the
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
same name and hardcoded parameter "on", e.g. \-acl "on".
|
|
|
|
Explicit parameters are expected by \-\-stdio_sync
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
and \-\-scdbackup_tag.
|
2010-12-28 12:33:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
The capability to preserve multi\-session history on overwritable media
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
gets disabled by default. It can be enabled by using \-\-emul\-toc
|
|
|
|
with the first session. See \-compliance no_emul_toc.
|
2009-11-17 13:41:28 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
\-\-sort\-weight gets as parameters a number and an iso_rr_path.
|
2010-04-18 09:59:08 +00:00
|
|
|
The number becomes the LBA sorting weight of regular file iso_rr_path or
|
|
|
|
of all regular files underneath directory iso_rr_path.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
(See \-find \-exec sort_weight).
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Adopted from grub\-mkisofs are \-\-protective\-msdos\-label
|
|
|
|
(see \-boot_image grub partition_table=on) and
|
|
|
|
\-\-modification\-date=YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc
|
|
|
|
(see \-volume_date uuid). For EFI bootable GRUB boot images use
|
|
|
|
\-\-efi\-boot.
|
|
|
|
It performs \-boot_image grub efi_path= surrounded by two
|
|
|
|
\-boot_image "any" "next".
|
|
|
|
Alternative option \-e from Fedora genisoimage sets bin_path and
|
2010-08-18 10:33:04 +00:00
|
|
|
platform_id for EFI, but performs no "next".
|
2010-04-08 18:58:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
For MBR bootable ISOLINUX images there is \-isohybrid\-mbr FILE, where
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
FILE is one of the Syslinux files mbr/isohdp[fp]x*.bin . Use this
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
instead of \-G to apply the effect of \-boot_image isolinux partition_table=on.
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-\-boot\-catalog\-hide is \-boot_image any cat_hidden=on.
|
2010-06-24 08:49:04 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-mips\-boot is the same as \-boot_image any mips_path= .
|
2010-10-13 17:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-mipsel\-boot leads to mipsel_path= .
|
2010-10-19 10:48:37 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-partition_offset number is
|
|
|
|
\-boot_image any partition_offset=number.
|
2010-09-10 17:13:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Command \-append_partition is supported.
|
2010-10-18 21:22:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-untranslated_name_len number is
|
|
|
|
\-compliance untranslated_name_len=number.
|
2010-12-22 15:15:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-\-old\-empty is \-compliance old_empty.
|
2011-01-26 13:31:05 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
The options of genisoimage Jigdo Template Extraction are recognized and
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
performed via \fBxorriso\fR command \-jigdo. See the "Alias:" names there
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
for the meaning of the genisoimage options.
|
2010-09-29 15:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-10-19 10:48:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
Personalities "\fBxorrisofs\fR", "\fBgenisoimage\fR",
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
and "\fBgenisofs\fR" are aliases for "mkisofs".
|
2008-02-20 23:48:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
If \fBxorriso\fR is started with one of the leafnames "xorrisofs",
|
|
|
|
"genisofs",
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"mkisofs", or "genisoimage", then it performs \-read_mkisofsrc and prepends
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
\-as "genisofs" to the program arguments.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
I.e. all arguments will be interpreted mkisofs style until "\-\-"
|
2010-06-26 11:40:36 +00:00
|
|
|
is encountered.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
From then on, arguments are interpreted as \fBxorriso\fR commands.
|
2008-07-08 08:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-\-no_rc as first argument of such a program start
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
prevents interpretation of startup files. See section FILES below.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-02-20 23:48:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-02-19 18:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
Personality "\fBcdrecord\fR" accepts the options listed with:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-as cdrecord \-help \-\-
|
2008-02-19 18:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Among them: \-v, dev=, speed=, blank=, fs=, \-eject, \-atip, padsize=, tsize=,
|
|
|
|
\-isosize, \-multi, \-msinfo, \-\-grow_overwriteable_iso,
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
write_start_address=,
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
track source file path or "\-" for standard input as track source.
|
2008-02-19 18:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
It ignores most other options of cdrecord and cdrskin but refuses on
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
\-audio, \-scanbus, and on blanking modes unknown to \fBxorriso\fR.
|
2008-02-19 18:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-07-10 16:27:35 +00:00
|
|
|
The scope is only a single data track per session to be written
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
to blank, overwritable, or appendable media. The medium gets closed if
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
closing is applicable and not option \-multi is present.
|
2008-07-05 18:23:46 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
If an input drive was acquired, then it is given up.
|
2008-07-05 18:23:46 +00:00
|
|
|
This is only allowed if no image changes are pending.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
dev= must be given as \fBxorriso\fR device address. Addresses like 0,0,0
|
|
|
|
or ATA:1,1,0 are not supported.
|
2008-02-19 18:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If a track source is given, then an automatic \-commit happens at the end of
|
2008-02-20 23:48:08 +00:00
|
|
|
the "cdrecord" option list.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-\-grow_overwriteable_iso
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
enables emulation of multi\-session on overwritable
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
media. To enable emulation of a TOC, the first session needs \-C 0,32 with
|
|
|
|
\-as mkisofs (but no \-M) and \-\-grow_overwriteable_iso
|
|
|
|
write_start_address=32s with \-as cdrecord.
|
2008-07-14 12:50:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-02-19 21:24:05 +00:00
|
|
|
A much more elaborate libburn based cdrecord emulator is the program cdrskin.
|
2008-02-19 18:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Personalites "\fBxorrecord\fR", "\fBwodim\fR", and "\fBcdrskin\fR"
|
|
|
|
are aliases for "cdrecord".
|
2008-07-10 16:27:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
If \fBxorriso\fR is started with one of the leafnames "xorrecord",
|
|
|
|
"cdrskin", "cdrecord", or "wodim", then it automatically prepends \-as "cdrskin"
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
to the program arguments. I.e. all arguments will be interpreted cdrecord
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
style until "\-\-" is encountered.
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
From then on, arguments are interpreted as \fBxorriso\fR commands.
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-\-no_rc as first argument of such a program start
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
prevents interpretation of \fBxorriso\fR startup files.
|
|
|
|
See section FILES below.
|
2008-02-19 18:45:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-06-25 17:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-read_mkisofsrc\fR
|
|
|
|
Try one by one to open for reading:
|
2010-07-29 20:17:05 +00:00
|
|
|
./.mkisofsrc , $MKISOFSRC , $HOME/.mkisofsrc , $(dirname $0)/.mkisofsrc
|
2010-06-25 17:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
On success interpret the file content as of man mkisofs CONFIGURATION,
|
|
|
|
and end this command. Do not try further files.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The last address is used only if start argument 0 has a non\-trivial dirname.
|
2010-06-25 17:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The reader currently interprets the following NAME=VALUE pairs:
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
APPI (\-application_id) , PUBL (\-publisher) , SYSI (\-system_id) ,
|
|
|
|
VOLI (\-volid) , VOLS (\-volset_id)
|
2010-06-25 17:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Any other lines will be silently ignored.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-07-16 13:06:31 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-pacifier\fR behavior_code
|
|
|
|
Control behavior of UPDATE pacifiers during write operations.
|
|
|
|
The following behavior codes are defined:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"xorriso" is the default format:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Writing: sector XXXXX of YYYYYY [fifo active, nn% fill]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"cdrecord" looks like:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
X of Y MB written (fifo nn%) [buf mmm%]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"mkisofs"
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
nn% done, estimate finish Tue Jul 15 20:13:28 2008
|
2013-06-02 11:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The frequency of the messages can be adjusted by
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"interval=number"
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
where number gives the seconds between two messages. Permissible settings
|
|
|
|
are 0.1 to 60.0.
|
2008-07-16 13:06:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-09-19 16:09:21 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-scdbackup_tag\fR list_path record_name
|
|
|
|
Set the parameter "name" for a scdbackup checksum record.
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
It will be appended in an scdbackup checksum tag to the \-md5 session tag if
|
2009-09-19 16:09:21 +00:00
|
|
|
the image starts at LBA 0. This is the case if it gets written as first
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
session onto a sequential medium, or piped into a program, named pipe or
|
2009-09-19 16:09:21 +00:00
|
|
|
character device.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If list_path is not empty then the record will also be appended to the
|
|
|
|
data file given by this path.
|
2009-08-31 21:09:16 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Program scdbackup_verify will recognize and verify tag and file record.
|
2016-08-05 11:22:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
An empty record_name disables this feature.
|
2009-08-31 21:09:16 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Scripting, dialog and program control features:
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-no_rc\fR
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Only if used as first program argument this command
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
prevents reading and interpretation of startup files. See section FILES below.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-options_from_file\fR fileaddress
|
2011-04-03 08:28:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Read quoted input from fileaddress and execute it like dialog lines.
|
|
|
|
Empty lines and lines which begin by # are ignored. Normally one line
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
should hold one \fBxorriso\fR command and all its parameters.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Nevertheless lines may be concatenated by a trailing backslash.
|
2011-04-03 08:28:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
See also section "Command processing", paragraph "Quoted input".
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-help\fR
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Print helptext.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-version\fR
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Print program name and version, component versions, license.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2011-08-18 15:19:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-list_extras\fR code
|
|
|
|
Tell whether certain extra features were enabled at compile time.
|
|
|
|
Code "all" lists all features and a headline.
|
|
|
|
Other codes pick a single feature.
|
|
|
|
Code "codes" lists them. They share names with related commands
|
|
|
|
(see also there):
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"acl" tells whether xorriso has an adapter for local filesystems ACLs.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"xattr" tells whether xorriso has an adapter for local filesystems EA.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"jigdo" tells whether production of Jigdo files is possible.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"zisofs" tells whether zisofs and built\-in gzip filters are enabled.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"external_filter" tells whether external filter processes are allowed
|
|
|
|
and whether they are allowed if real user id and effective user id differ.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"dvd_obs" tells whether 64 kB output to DVD media is default.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"use_readline" tells whether readline may be enabled in dialog mode.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-history\fR textline
|
|
|
|
Copy textline into libreadline history.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-status\fR mode|filter
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Print the current settings of \fBxorriso\fR.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Modes:
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
short... print only important or altered settings
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
long ... print all settings including defaults
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
long_history like long plus history lines
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Filters begin with '\-' and are compared literally against the
|
|
|
|
output lines of \-status:long_history. A line is put out only
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
if its start matches the filter text. No wildcards.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-11-11 11:22:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-status_history_max\fR number
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Set maximum number of history lines to be reported with \-status "long_history".
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-09-05 09:54:38 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-list_delimiter\fR word
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Set the list delimiter to be used instead of "\-\-".
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
It has to be a single word,
|
2008-09-05 09:54:38 +00:00
|
|
|
must not be empty, not longer than 80 characters, and must not contain
|
|
|
|
quotation marks.
|
2008-09-05 12:10:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
For brevity the list delimiter is referred as "\-\-"
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
throughout this text.
|
2008-09-05 09:54:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2013-07-01 18:06:39 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-sh_style_result\fR "on"|"off"
|
|
|
|
Make the result output of some filesystem inspection commands look more like
|
|
|
|
the output of equivalent shell commands. The most important effect is to
|
|
|
|
prevent the wrapping of file addresses into quotation marks with commands
|
|
|
|
\-pwd \-pwdx \-ls \-lsd \-lsl \-lsdl \-lsx \-lsdx \-lslx \-lsdlx
|
|
|
|
\-du \-dus \-dux \-dusx \-findx \-find
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-07-03 20:46:51 +00:00
|
|
|
This will make ambiguous the representation of file names which contain
|
2013-07-01 18:06:39 +00:00
|
|
|
newline characters. On the other hand it should facilitate integration
|
|
|
|
of xorriso into shell scripts which already use the corresponding
|
|
|
|
shell commands.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-10-17 07:50:35 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-backslash_codes\fR "on"|"off"|mode[:mode]
|
|
|
|
Enable or disable the interpretation of symbolic representations of special
|
2008-10-17 12:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
characters with quoted input, or with program arguments, or with program
|
|
|
|
text output. If enabled the following translations apply:
|
2008-10-17 07:50:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-11-10 12:38:01 +00:00
|
|
|
\\a=bell(007) \\b=backspace(010) \\e=Escape(033) \\f=formfeed(014)
|
2008-10-17 07:50:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\\n=linefeed(012) \\r=carriage_return(015) \\t=tab(011)
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\\v=vtab(013) \\\\=backslash(134) \\[0\-7][0\-7][0\-7]=octal_code
|
2008-10-17 07:50:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\\x[0\-9a\-f][0\-9a\-f]=hex_code \\cC=control\-C
|
2008-10-17 07:50:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Translations can occur with quoted input in 3 modes:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"in_double_quotes" translates only inside " quotation.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-10-17 12:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"in_quotes" translates inside " and ' quotation.
|
2008-10-17 07:50:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-10-17 12:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
"with_quoted_input" translates inside and outside quotes.
|
2008-10-17 07:50:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
With the start program arguments there is mode:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-05-30 19:26:07 +00:00
|
|
|
"with_program_arguments" translates program arguments.
|
2008-10-17 07:50:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-10-17 12:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-11-10 12:38:01 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "encode_output" encodes output characters. It combines "encode_results"
|
|
|
|
with "encode_infos". Inside single or double quotation marks encoding applies
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
to 8\-bit characters octal 001 to 037 , 177 to 377 and to backslash(134).
|
|
|
|
Outside quotation marks some harmless ASCII control characters stay unencoded:
|
2008-11-10 12:38:01 +00:00
|
|
|
bell(007), backspace(010), tab(011), linefeed(012), formfeed(014),
|
|
|
|
carriage_return(015).
|
2008-10-17 12:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-10-17 07:50:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "off" is default and disables any translation.
|
2008-10-17 12:33:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "on" is
|
|
|
|
"with_quoted_input:with_program_arguments:encode_output".
|
2008-10-17 07:50:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-12-06 19:01:14 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-temp_mem_limit\fR number["k"|"m"]
|
|
|
|
Set the maximum size of temporary memory to be used for image dependent
|
2009-05-26 14:00:54 +00:00
|
|
|
buffering. Currently this applies to pattern expansion, LBA sorting,
|
2009-05-29 11:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
restoring of hard links.
|
2007-12-06 19:01:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Default is 16m = 16 MiB, minimum 64k = 64 kiB, maximum 1024m = 1 GiB.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-print\fR text
|
2011-04-03 09:46:16 +00:00
|
|
|
Print a text line to the result channel which is by default stdout.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-print_info\fR text
|
|
|
|
Print a text line to the info channel which is by default stderr.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-print_mark\fR text
|
|
|
|
Print a text line to the mark channel which is by default directed to both,
|
|
|
|
result and info channel. An empty text will cause no output at all.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-prompt\fR text
|
|
|
|
Show text at beginning of output line and
|
|
|
|
wait for the user to hit the Enter key
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
or to send a line via stdin.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2011-10-14 09:43:30 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-sleep\fR seconds
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Wait for the given number of seconds before performing the next command.
|
2011-10-25 10:39:10 +00:00
|
|
|
Expect coarse granularity no better than 1/100 seconds.
|
2011-10-14 09:43:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-02-23 10:28:58 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-errfile_log\fR mode path|channel
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If problem events are related to input files from the filesystem, then their
|
|
|
|
disk_paths can be logged to a file or to output channels R or I.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Mode can either be "plain" or "marked". The latter causes marker lines which
|
|
|
|
give the time of log start, burn session start, burn session end, log end
|
|
|
|
or program end. In mode "plain", only the file paths are logged.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
If path is "\-" or "\-R" then the log is directed to the result channel.
|
|
|
|
Path "\-I" directs it to the info message channel. Any text that does not
|
|
|
|
begin with "\-" is used as path for a file to append the log lines.
|
2008-02-23 10:28:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Problematic files can be recorded multiple times during one program run.
|
|
|
|
If the program run aborts then the list might not be complete because
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
some input files might not have been processed at all.
|
2008-02-23 10:28:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
The errfile paths are transported as messages of very low severity "ERRFILE".
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
This transport becomes visible with \-report_about "ALL".
|
2008-02-23 10:28:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-04-03 20:41:00 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-session_log\fR path
|
|
|
|
If path is not empty it gives the address of a plain text file where
|
|
|
|
a log record gets appended after each session. This log can be used to
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
determine the start_lba of a session for mount options \-o sbsector=
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
(on GNU/Linux) or \-s (on FreeBSD) from date or volume ID.
|
2008-04-03 20:41:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Record format is: timestamp start_lba size volume\-id
|
2008-04-03 20:41:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
The first three items are single words, the rest of the line is the volume ID.
|
2008-04-03 20:41:00 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-02-18 12:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-scsi_log\fR "on"|"off"
|
2018-10-10 11:46:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Mode "on" enables very verbose logging of SCSI commands and drive replies.
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Logging messages get printed to stderr, not to any of the \fBxorriso\fR
|
|
|
|
output channels.
|
2010-02-18 12:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
A special property of this command is that the first \-scsi_log setting
|
2010-02-18 12:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
among the start arguments is in effect already when the first operations
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
of \fBxorriso\fR begin.
|
|
|
|
Only "\-scsi_log" with dash "\-" is recognized that way.
|
2010-02-18 12:48:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-end\fR
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
End program after writing pending changes.
|
2010-03-20 16:54:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-rollback_end\fR
|
|
|
|
Discard pending changes. End program immediately.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB#\fR any text
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Only in dialog or file execution mode, and only as first
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
non\-whitespace in line:
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Do not execute the line but store it in readline history.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Support for frontend programs via stdin and stdout:
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-pkt_output\fR "on"|"off"
|
|
|
|
Consolidate text output on stdout and classify each
|
|
|
|
line by a channel indicator:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
'R:' for result lines,
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
'I:' for notes and error messages,
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
'M:' for \-mark texts.
|
2007-12-06 19:01:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Next is a decimal number of which only bit 0 has a meaning for now.
|
|
|
|
0 means no newline at end of payload, 1 means that the newline character at
|
2010-11-30 09:43:32 +00:00
|
|
|
the end of the output line belongs to the payload. After another colon and
|
|
|
|
a blank follows the payload text.
|
2007-12-06 19:01:14 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
I:1: enter option and parameters :
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-logfile\fR channel fileaddress
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Copy output of a channel to the given file. Channel may be one of: "." for all
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
channels, "I" for info messages, "R" for result lines, "M" for \-mark texts.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-mark\fR text
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
If text is not empty it will get put out on "M" channel each time
|
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR is ready for the next dialog line or before
|
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR performs a command that was entered to the pager prompt.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-12-08 17:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-msg_op\fR opcode parameter_text
|
|
|
|
This command shall facilitate extraction of particular information from
|
|
|
|
the message output of other commands. It gives access to the C API function
|
2012-12-16 13:12:15 +00:00
|
|
|
Xorriso_parse_line() and to the message sieve that is provided by the C API.
|
|
|
|
Please refer to their descriptions in file xorriso.h.
|
|
|
|
Further it helps to interpret the severity codes of info messages.
|
2012-12-08 17:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Intended users are frontend programs which operate xorriso in dialog mode.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The result output of this command is not caught by the message sieve.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The following opcodes are defined:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBstart_sieve\fR
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Install the message sieve as of Xorriso_sieve_big() and start watching
|
|
|
|
program messages. The parameter_text has no meaning.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBshow_sieve\fR
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Show a list of filter rule names. The parameter_text has no meaning.
|
|
|
|
The list begins by a line with the return value of Xorriso_sieve_get_result()
|
|
|
|
with flag bit3. If this value is larger than 0, then the next line tells
|
|
|
|
the number of names. The following lines show one name each.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBread_sieve\fR
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Use the parameter_text as name of a filter rule and inquire its next
|
|
|
|
recorded result.
|
|
|
|
See Xorriso_sieve_big() for a list of names and reply strings.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The recorded strings are put out on result channel. They get wrapped
|
|
|
|
into lines which tell their structure.
|
|
|
|
The first line tells the return value of Xorriso_sieve_get_result().
|
|
|
|
The next line tells the number of strings. Each string begins by a line that
|
|
|
|
tells the number of lines of the string. Then follow these lines. They are to
|
2016-07-20 08:37:42 +00:00
|
|
|
be concatenated with a newline character between each of them.
|
2012-12-08 17:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
Finally the number of still available recorded results of the given name
|
|
|
|
is put out.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBclear_sieve\fR
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Dispose all recorded strings and continue watching program messages.
|
|
|
|
The parameter_text has no meaning.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBend_sieve\fR
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Dispose the sieve with its filter rules and stop watching program messages.
|
|
|
|
The parameter_text has no meaning.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBparse\fR
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Read a text from dialog input and submit it to Xorriso_parse_line().
|
|
|
|
The parameter_text word shall consist of several words separated by blanks.
|
|
|
|
It will be necessary to use both kinds of quotation marks.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
E.g. "'ISO session :' '' 0 0 1"
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The five parameter words are: prefix, separators, max_words, flag,
|
|
|
|
number_of_input_lines.
|
|
|
|
The former four are handed over to Xorriso_parse_line(). The number of
|
|
|
|
input lines minus one tells xorriso how many newline characters are
|
|
|
|
part of the input text.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The announced number of text lines will be read from dialog input,
|
2016-07-20 08:37:42 +00:00
|
|
|
concatenated with a newline character between each of them,
|
2012-12-08 17:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
and submitted to Xorriso_parse_line() as parameter line.
|
|
|
|
Note that newlines outside of quotation marks are
|
|
|
|
interpreted as separators if the separators parameter is empty.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The parsed strings are put out on result channel. They get wrapped
|
|
|
|
into lines which tell their structure.
|
|
|
|
The first line tells the return value of Xorriso_parse_line().
|
|
|
|
The next line tells the number of strings. Each string begins by a line that
|
|
|
|
tells the number of lines of the string. Then follow these lines. They are to
|
2016-07-20 08:37:42 +00:00
|
|
|
be concatenated with a newline character between each of them.
|
2012-12-08 17:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-01-05 21:50:41 +00:00
|
|
|
If \-backslash_codes "encode_output" is enabled, then the strings undergo
|
|
|
|
encoding as if they were enclosed in quotes. Escpecially each string
|
|
|
|
will be put out as a single result line.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-12-16 13:12:15 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBparse_bulk\fR
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Like "parse", but with the fifth parameter word being number_of_input_texts
|
|
|
|
rather than number_of_input_lines. Each input text has to be preceded by
|
|
|
|
a line that tells number_of_input_lines as with "parse".
|
|
|
|
Then come the announced number of text lines.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
All input texts will be read before printing of result lines begins.
|
|
|
|
This consumes memory in xorriso. So the number_of_input_texts should not
|
|
|
|
be extremely high. On the other hand, large transactions of command,
|
|
|
|
input texts, and results are desirable if connection latency is an
|
|
|
|
issue.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-07-02 09:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBparse_silently\fR
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-07-20 08:37:42 +00:00
|
|
|
Like "parse" but not issuing a prompting message. Confusing to humans.
|
2013-07-02 09:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBparse_bulk_silently\fR
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-07-20 08:37:42 +00:00
|
|
|
Like "parse_bulk" but not issuing a prompting message. Confusing to humans.
|
2013-07-02 09:28:57 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-12-15 09:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBcompare_sev\fR
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The parameter_text should contain two comma separated severity texts as
|
|
|
|
issued by this program. Like "SORRY,UPDATE". See also paragraph
|
|
|
|
"Exception processing".
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
These two severity texts get compared and a number gets printed
|
|
|
|
to the result channel. This number is 0 if both severities are equal.
|
|
|
|
It is \-1 if the first severity is lower than the second one.
|
|
|
|
It is 1 is the first severity is higher than the second one.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Above example "SORRY,UPDATE" will yield 1.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBlist_sev\fR
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Print to the result channel a blank separated list of all severity names.
|
|
|
|
Sorted from low to high severity.
|
2013-06-30 16:00:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2013-07-04 09:47:13 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-named_pipe_loop\fR mode[:mode] disk_path_stdin disk_path_stdout disk_path_stderr
|
2013-06-30 16:00:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Temporarily replace standard input, standard output and standard error by
|
|
|
|
named pipes. Enter dialog mode without readline.
|
2013-07-04 09:47:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Defined modes are:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"cleanup" removes the submitted pipe files when the loop ends.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"keep" does not delete them. This is the default.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"buffered" reads all lines from the input pipe until EOF before it opens
|
|
|
|
the output pipes and processes the input lines.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
"direct" opens the output pipes after the first input line was read.
|
|
|
|
Each line is executed directly after it is read. This is the default.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The other three parameters must either be disk paths to existing named pipes,
|
2013-06-30 16:00:40 +00:00
|
|
|
or be "\-" to leave the according standard i/o channel unreplaced.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
xorriso will open the stdin pipe, read and execute dialog lines from it
|
2013-07-04 09:47:13 +00:00
|
|
|
until the sender closes the pipe. The output pipes get opened depending on
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
mode "buffered" or "direct". After all lines are executed, xorriso will
|
2013-07-04 09:47:13 +00:00
|
|
|
close its side of the pipes and enter a new cycle of opening, reading and
|
|
|
|
executing.
|
2012-12-15 09:31:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-06-30 16:00:40 +00:00
|
|
|
If an input line consists only of the word "end_named_pipe_loop"
|
|
|
|
then \-named_pipe_loop will end and further xorriso commands may be
|
|
|
|
executed from other sources.
|
2012-12-08 17:55:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-12-25 17:56:24 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-launch_frontend\fR program [arguments ...] --
|
|
|
|
Start the program that is given as first parameter. Submit the other
|
|
|
|
parameters as program arguments. Enable xorriso dialog mode.
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-01-04 19:00:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Two nameless pipe objects are created. xorriso standard input gets
|
|
|
|
connected to the standard output of the started program.
|
|
|
|
xorriso standard output and standard error get connected to the
|
|
|
|
standard input of that program.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
xorriso will abort when the started program ends or if it cannot
|
|
|
|
be started at all. In both cases it will return a non\-zero exit value.
|
|
|
|
The exit value will be zero if the frontend sends \-end or \-rollback_end
|
|
|
|
before ending itself.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
This command may be totaly banned at compile time. It is banned
|
|
|
|
by default if xorriso runs under setuid permissions.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The program name will not be searched in the $PATH directories.
|
|
|
|
To make this clear, it must contain at least one /\-character.
|
2012-12-25 17:56:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Best is an absolute path.
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-01-04 19:00:14 +00:00
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
xorriso \-launch_frontend "$(which xorriso\-tcltk)" \-stdio \-\-
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
The frontend program should first send via its standard output:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-12-25 17:56:24 +00:00
|
|
|
\-mark 0 \-pkt_output on \-msg_op start_sieve \- \-reassure off
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
It should be ready to decode \-pkt_output and to react on \-mark messages.
|
|
|
|
Best is to increment the \-mark number after each sent command sequence
|
|
|
|
and then to wait for the new number to show up in a mark message:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-12-25 17:56:24 +00:00
|
|
|
...some...commands... \-mark <incremented_number>
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Further are advised:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-report_about UPDATE \-abort_on NEVER
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\-iso_rr_pattern off \-disk_pattern off
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
A check of the xorriso version should be done, in order to make sure
|
|
|
|
that all desired features are present.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Command \-launch_frontend will only work once per xorriso run.
|
2012-12-25 17:56:24 +00:00
|
|
|
If no command parameters are submitted or if program is an empty text,
|
|
|
|
then no program will be started but nevertheless \-launch_frontend will
|
2012-12-20 20:22:58 +00:00
|
|
|
be irrevocably disabled.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-prog\fR text
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Use text as name of this program in subsequent messages
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fB\-prog_help\fR text
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Use text as name of this program and perform \-help.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.SH EXAMPLES
|
2007-11-08 14:43:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Overview of examples:
|
|
|
|
As superuser learn about available drives
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Blank medium and compose a new ISO image as batch run
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
A dialog session doing about the same
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Manipulate an existing ISO image on the same medium
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Copy modified ISO image from one medium to another
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Bring a prepared ISOLINUX tree onto medium and make it bootable
|
2008-09-28 11:33:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-11-07 17:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Change existing file name tree from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-09-06 14:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
Operate on storage facilities other than optical drives
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Burn an existing ISO image file to medium
|
2009-10-22 20:08:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-07-10 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
Perform multi-session runs as of cdrtools traditions
|
2008-07-14 12:50:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Let xorriso work underneath growisofs
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Adjust thresholds for verbosity, exit value and program abort
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Examples of input timestrings
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Incremental backup of a few directory trees
|
2008-06-20 09:16:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Restore directory trees from a particular ISO session to disk
|
2008-10-07 15:23:42 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Try to retrieve blocks from a damaged medium
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.B As superuser learn about available drives
|
2014-03-03 20:28:36 +00:00
|
|
|
On Linux, FreeBSD or NetBSD consider to give rw\-permissions to those users
|
|
|
|
or groups which shall be able to use the drives with \fBxorriso\fR.
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
On Solaris use pfexec. Consider to restrict privileges of \fBxorriso\fR to
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"base,sys_devices" and to give r\-permission to user or group.
|
2007-11-08 14:43:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-07-27 21:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-device_links
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-07-27 21:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
1 \-dev '/dev/cdrom1' rwrw\-\- : 'TSSTcorp' 'DVD\-ROM SH\-D162C
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-07-27 21:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
1 \-dev '/dev/cdrw' rwrw\-\- : 'TSSTcorp' 'CDDVDW SH\-S223B'
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-07-27 21:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
2 \-dev '/dev/cdrw3' rwrw\-\- : 'HL\-DT\-ST' 'BDDVDRW_GGC\-H20L'
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Blank medium and compose a new ISO image as batch run
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
Acquire drive /dev/sr2, make medium ready for writing a new image,
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
fill the image with the files from hard disk directories /home/me/sounds
|
|
|
|
and /home/me/pictures.
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Because no \-dialog "on" is given, the program will then end by writing the
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
session to the medium.
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-outdev /dev/sr2 \\
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-blank as_needed \\
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-map /home/me/sounds /sounds \\
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-map /home/me/pictures /pictures
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The ISO image may be shaped in a more elaborate way like the following:
|
|
|
|
Omit some unwanted stuff by removing it from the image directory tree.
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Reintroduce some wanted stuff.
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
$ cd /home/me
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-outdev /dev/sr2 \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-blank as_needed \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-map /home/me/sounds /sounds \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-map /home/me/pictures /pictures \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-rm_r \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-12-20 11:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
/sounds/indecent \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-12-20 11:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
'/pictures/*private*' \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-12-20 11:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
/pictures/confidential \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-\- \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-cd / \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-add pictures/confidential/work* \-\-
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Note that '/pictures/*private*' is a pattern for iso_rr_paths
|
2008-05-15 15:00:39 +00:00
|
|
|
while pictures/confidential/work* gets expanded by the shell
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
with addresses from the hard disk. Commands \-add and \-map have different
|
2012-02-24 20:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
parameter rules but finally the same effect: they put files into the image.
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
|
|
|
.B A dialog session doing about the same
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Some settings are already given as start argument. The other activities
|
2007-12-04 07:44:59 +00:00
|
|
|
are done as dialog input. The pager gets set to 20 lines of 80 characters.
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
The drive is acquired by command \-dev rather than \-outdev in order to see
|
|
|
|
the message about its current content. By command \-blank this content is
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
made ready for being overwritten and the loaded ISO image is made empty.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
In order to be able to eject the medium, the session needs to be committed
|
2010-02-28 17:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
explicitly.
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-05-15 15:00:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.B $ xorriso -dialog on -page 20 80 -disk_pattern on
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B \-dev /dev/sr2
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-05-15 15:00:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.B \-blank as_needed
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-05-15 15:00:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.B \-map /home/me/sounds /sounds -map /home/me/pictures /pictures
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B \-rm_r /sounds/indecent /pictures/*private* /pictures/confidential
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-05-15 15:00:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.B \-cdx /home/me/pictures -cd /pictures
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B \-add confidential/office confidential/factory
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B \-du /
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
enter option and arguments :
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.B \-commit_eject all -end
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Manipulate an existing ISO image on the same medium
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Load image from drive.
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
Remove (i.e. hide) directory /sounds and its subordinates.
|
|
|
|
Rename directory /pictures/confidential to /pictures/restricted.
|
|
|
|
Change access permissions of directory /pictures/restricted.
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
Add new directory trees /sounds and /movies.
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Burn to the same medium, check whether the tree can be loaded, and eject.
|
2007-11-11 15:59:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-dev /dev/sr2 \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-rm_r /sounds \-\- \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-mv \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-12-20 11:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
/pictures/confidential \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-12-20 11:14:49 +00:00
|
|
|
/pictures/restricted \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-\- \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-chmod go\-rwx /pictures/restricted \-\- \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-map /home/me/prepared_for_dvd/sounds_dummy /sounds \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-map /home/me/prepared_for_dvd/movies /movies \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-commit \-eject all
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Copy modified ISO image from one medium to another
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Load image from input drive. Do the same manipulations as in the previous
|
2012-03-05 10:32:03 +00:00
|
|
|
example. Acquire output drive and blank it. Burn the modified image as
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
first and only session to the output drive.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-indev /dev/sr2 \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-rm_r /sounds \-\- \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
...
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-outdev /dev/sr0 \-blank as_needed \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-commit \-eject all
|
2007-11-08 14:43:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Bring a prepared ISOLINUX tree onto medium and make it bootable
|
2008-09-28 11:33:47 +00:00
|
|
|
The user has already created a suitable file tree on disk and copied the
|
|
|
|
ISOLINUX files into subdirectory ./boot/isolinux of that tree.
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
Now \fBxorriso\fR can burn an El Torito bootable medium:
|
2008-09-28 11:33:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-outdev /dev/sr0 \-blank as_needed \\
|
2008-09-28 11:33:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-map /home/me/ISOLINUX_prepared_tree / \\
|
2008-09-28 11:33:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-boot_image isolinux dir=/boot/isolinux
|
2008-09-28 11:33:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2008-11-07 17:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Change existing file name tree from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
|
|
|
|
This example assumes that the existing ISO image was written with character
|
2013-11-27 09:51:05 +00:00
|
|
|
set ISO\-8859\-1 but that the readers expected UTF\-8. Now a new session
|
|
|
|
gets added with converted file names.
|
|
|
|
Command \-changes_pending "yes" enables writing despite the lack of any
|
|
|
|
manipulation command.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-11-15 13:36:22 +00:00
|
|
|
In order to avoid any weaknesses of the local character set, this command
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
pretends that it uses already the final target set UTF\-8.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Therefore strange file names may appear in messages, which
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
will be made terminal\-safe by command \-backslash_codes.
|
2008-11-07 17:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-in_charset ISO\-8859\-1 \-local_charset UTF\-8 \\
|
2008-11-07 17:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-out_charset UTF\-8 \-backslash_codes on \-dev /dev/sr0 \\
|
2008-11-07 17:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-11-27 09:51:05 +00:00
|
|
|
\-changes_pending yes \-commit \-eject all
|
2008-11-07 17:33:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2008-09-06 14:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Operate on storage facilities other than optical drives
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Full read\-write operation is possible with regular files and block devices:
|
2008-09-06 14:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-dev /tmp/regular_file ...
|
2008-12-16 13:02:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Paths underneath /dev normally need prefix "stdio:"
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-dev stdio:/dev/sdb ...
|
2008-12-16 13:02:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If /dev/sdb is to be used frequently and /dev/sda is the system disk,
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
then consider to place the following lines in a \fBxorriso\fR Startup File.
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
They allow you to use /dev/sdb without prefix and protect disk /dev/sda
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
from \fBxorriso\fR:
|
2008-12-16 13:02:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-drive_class banned /dev/sda*
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-drive_class harmless /dev/sdb
|
2008-09-06 14:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Other writeable file types are supported write\-only:
|
2008-09-06 14:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-outdev /tmp/named_pipe ...
|
2008-09-06 14:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Among the write\-only drives is standard output:
|
2008-09-06 14:22:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-outdev \- \\
|
2008-03-01 15:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-02-14 21:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
...
|
2008-03-01 15:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-02-14 21:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
| gzip >image.iso.gz
|
|
|
|
.SS
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Burn an existing ISO image file to medium
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
Actually this works with any kind of data, not only ISO images:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-as cdrecord \-v dev=/dev/sr0 blank=as_needed image.iso
|
2009-10-22 20:08:17 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2008-07-10 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Perform multi-session runs as of cdrtools traditions
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
Between both processes there can be performed arbitrary transportation
|
|
|
|
or filtering.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-07-10 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
The first session is written like this:
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-as mkisofs prepared_for_iso/tree1 | \\
|
2008-07-10 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
xorriso \-as cdrecord \-v dev=/dev/sr0 blank=fast \-multi \-eject \-
|
2008-07-10 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2018-11-11 13:43:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Follow\-up sessions are written like this (the run of dd is only to give demons
|
|
|
|
a chance to spoil it):
|
2011-03-09 12:48:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ m=$(xorriso \-as cdrecord dev=/dev/sr0 \-msinfo)
|
2008-07-10 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2018-11-11 13:43:43 +00:00
|
|
|
$ dd if=/dev/sr0 count=1 >/dev/null 2>&1
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-as mkisofs \-M /dev/sr0 \-C $m prepared_for_iso/tree2 | \\
|
2008-07-10 17:25:19 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
xorriso \-as cdrecord \-v dev=/dev/sr0 \-waiti \-multi \-eject \-
|
2008-07-12 18:48:15 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2018-11-11 13:43:43 +00:00
|
|
|
Always eject the drive tray between sessions.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The run of xorriso \-as mkisofs will read old sessions via the CD\-ROM
|
|
|
|
driver of /dev/sr0. This driver might not be aware of the changed content
|
|
|
|
as long as the medium is not loaded again. In this case the previous session
|
|
|
|
would not be properly assessed by xorriso and the new session would contain
|
|
|
|
only the newly added files.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Some systems have not enough patience with automatic tray loading and some
|
|
|
|
demons may interfere with a first CD\-ROM driver read attempt from a freshly
|
|
|
|
loaded medium.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
When loading the tray manually, wait 10 seconds after the drive has stopped
|
|
|
|
blinking.
|
2011-03-09 12:48:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2018-11-11 13:43:43 +00:00
|
|
|
A safe automatic way seems to be a separate run of xorriso for loading
|
|
|
|
the tray with proper waiting, and a subsequent run of dd which shall offer
|
|
|
|
itself to any problems caused by demons assessing the changed drive status.
|
|
|
|
If this does not help, insert a run of "sleep 10" between xorriso and dd.
|
2008-07-15 12:18:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
This example works for multi\-session media only.
|
|
|
|
Add cdrskin option \-\-grow_overwriteable_iso
|
|
|
|
to all \-as cdrecord runs
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
in order to enable multi\-session emulation on overwritable media.
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2008-07-08 08:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Let xorriso work underneath growisofs
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
growisofs expects an ISO formatter program which understands options \-C and
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\-M. If \fBxorriso\fR gets started by name "xorrisofs" then it is suitable
|
|
|
|
for that.
|
2008-07-08 08:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
$ export MKISOFS="xorrisofs"
|
2008-07-08 08:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ growisofs \-Z /dev/dvd /some/files
|
2008-07-08 08:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ growisofs \-M /dev/dvd /more/files
|
2008-07-08 08:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If no "xorrisofs" is available on your system, then you will have to create
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
a link pointing to the \fBxorriso\fR binary and tell growisofs to use it.
|
|
|
|
E.g. by:
|
2008-07-08 08:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ ln \-s $(which xorriso) "$HOME/xorrisofs"
|
2008-07-08 08:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
$ export MKISOFS="$HOME/xorrisofs"
|
2008-07-08 08:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
One may quit mkisofs emulation by argument "\-\-" and make
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
use of all \fBxorriso\fR commands. growisofs dislikes options which
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
start with "\-o" but \-outdev must be set to "\-".
|
2008-07-17 11:13:32 +00:00
|
|
|
So use "outdev" instead:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ growisofs \-Z /dev/dvd \-\- outdev \- \-update_r /my/files /files
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ growisofs \-M /dev/dvd \-\- outdev \- \-update_r /my/files /files
|
2008-07-17 11:13:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-07-08 08:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
growisofs has excellent burn capabilities with DVD and BD.
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
It does not emulate session history on overwritable media, though.
|
2008-07-08 08:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2008-02-14 21:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Adjust thresholds for verbosity, exit value and program abort
|
2018-10-10 11:46:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Be quite verbose, exit 32 if severity "FAILURE" was encountered,
|
2008-02-14 21:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
do not abort prematurely but forcibly go on until the end of commands.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso ... \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-report_about UPDATE \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-return_with FAILURE 32 \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-abort_on NEVER \\
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-02-14 21:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
.SS
|
2007-11-08 14:43:53 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Examples of input timestrings
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
As printed by program date:
|
|
|
|
.B 'Thu Nov 8 14:51:13 CET 2007'
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The same without ignored parts:
|
|
|
|
.B 'Nov 8 14:51:13 2007'
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The same as expected by date:
|
|
|
|
.B 110814512007.13
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Four weeks in the future:
|
|
|
|
.B +4w
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The current time:
|
|
|
|
.B +0
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Three hours ago:
|
|
|
|
.B \-3h
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Seconds since Jan 1 1970:
|
|
|
|
.B =1194531416
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
|
|
|
.B Incremental backup of a few directory trees
|
2013-05-10 10:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
This changes the directory trees /projects and /personal_mail
|
2008-12-14 09:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
in the ISO image so that they become exact copies of their disk counterparts.
|
|
|
|
ISO file objects get created, deleted or get their attributes adjusted
|
|
|
|
accordingly.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-08-29 18:14:36 +00:00
|
|
|
ACL, xattr, hard links and MD5 checksums will be recorded.
|
|
|
|
Accelerated comparison is enabled at the expense of potentially larger backup
|
2012-11-05 09:37:47 +00:00
|
|
|
size. Only media with the expected volume ID or blank media are accepted.
|
2010-02-28 17:02:28 +00:00
|
|
|
Files with names matching *.o or *.swp get excluded explicitly.
|
2008-12-14 09:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2009-08-29 18:14:36 +00:00
|
|
|
When done with writing the new session gets checked by its recorded MD5.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \\
|
2011-01-04 19:30:49 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-abort_on FATAL \\
|
2009-02-25 14:40:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-for_backup \-disk_dev_ino on \\
|
2009-02-25 14:40:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-assert_volid 'PROJECTS_MAIL_*' FATAL \\
|
2008-12-14 09:31:52 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-dev /dev/sr0 \\
|
2008-05-08 19:54:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-volid PROJECTS_MAIL_"$(date '+%Y_%m_%d_%H%M%S')" \\
|
2008-05-08 20:54:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-not_leaf '*.o' \-not_leaf '*.swp' \\
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-update_r /home/thomas/projects /projects \\
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-update_r /home/thomas/personal_mail /personal_mail \\
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-commit \-toc \-check_md5 FAILURE \-\- \-eject all
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
To be used several times on the same medium, whenever an update of
|
|
|
|
the two disk trees to the medium is desired. Begin with a blank medium and
|
2012-07-08 13:47:36 +00:00
|
|
|
update it until the run fails gracefully due to lack of remaining space on
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
the old one.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2008-10-07 15:23:42 +00:00
|
|
|
This makes sense if the full backup leaves substantial remaining capacity
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
on media and if the expected changes are much smaller than the full backup.
|
2009-04-18 15:00:41 +00:00
|
|
|
To apply zisofs compression to those data files which get newly copied from
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
the local filesystem, insert these commands immediately before \-commit :
|
2009-04-18 15:00:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-hardlinks perform_update \\
|
2009-08-03 10:20:03 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-find / \-type f \-pending_data \-exec set_filter \-\-zisofs \-\- \\
|
2009-02-25 14:40:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Commands \-disk_dev_ino and \-for_backup depend on stable device and inode numbers
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
on disk. Without them, an update run may use \-md5 "on" to match recorded MD5
|
2009-08-25 19:12:23 +00:00
|
|
|
sums against the current file content on hard disk. This is usually much faster
|
|
|
|
than the default which compares both contents directly.
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
With \fBmount\fR option \fB\-o "sbsector="\fR on GNU/Linux
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
or \fB\-s\fR on FreeBSD or NetBSD
|
2008-11-18 22:46:39 +00:00
|
|
|
it is possible to access the session trees which represent the older backup
|
2010-02-12 21:29:36 +00:00
|
|
|
versions. With CD media, GNU/Linux mount accepts session numbers directly by
|
2008-11-18 22:46:39 +00:00
|
|
|
its option "session=".
|
2008-05-08 19:54:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2019-10-28 14:34:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Multi\-session media and most overwritable media written by \fBxorriso\fR
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
can tell the sbsectors of their sessions by \fBxorriso\fR command \-toc.
|
|
|
|
Used after \-commit the following command prints the matching mount command for
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
the newly written session (here for mount point /mnt):
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-mount_cmd "indev" "auto" "auto" /mnt
|
2008-12-05 17:17:29 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-03-05 12:13:37 +00:00
|
|
|
Commands \-mount_cmd and \-mount are also able to produce the mount commands for
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
older sessions in the table\-of\-content. E.g. as superuser:
|
2008-12-07 12:25:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
# osirrox \-mount /dev/sr0 "volid" '*2008_12_05*' /mnt
|
2008-03-19 08:21:26 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.sp 1
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Above example produces a result similar to \-root / \-old\-root / with mkisofs.
|
|
|
|
For getting the session trees accumulated in the new sessions, let all \-update
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
commands use a common parent directory and clone it after updating is done:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-update_r /home/thomas/projects /current/projects \\
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-update_r /home/thomas/personal_mail /current/personal_mail \\
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-clone /current /"$(date '+%Y_%m_%d_%H%M%S')" \\
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
The cloned tree will have a name like /2011_02_12_155700.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.sp 1
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
Sessions on multi\-session media are separated by several MB of unused blocks.
|
2008-04-05 11:17:21 +00:00
|
|
|
So with small sessions the payload capacity can become substantially lower
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
than the overall media capacity. If the remaining space on a medium does not
|
|
|
|
suffice for the next gap, the drive is supposed to close the medium
|
2008-04-05 11:17:21 +00:00
|
|
|
automatically.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-02-12 17:14:23 +00:00
|
|
|
.sp 1
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBBetter do not use your youngest backup for \-update_r\fR.
|
2008-03-27 11:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Have at least two media which you use alternatingly. So only older backups
|
2008-03-19 08:21:26 +00:00
|
|
|
get endangered by the new write operation, while the newest backup is
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
stored safely on a different medium.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Always have a blank medium ready to perform a full backup in case the update
|
|
|
|
attempt fails due to insufficient remaining capacity. This failure will
|
|
|
|
not spoil the old medium, of course.
|
2008-06-20 09:16:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
|
|
|
.B Restore directory trees from a particular ISO session to disk
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
This is an alternative to mounting the medium and using normal file operations.
|
2008-06-20 09:16:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
First check which backup sessions are on the medium:
|
2008-06-20 09:16:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-outdev /dev/sr0 \-toc
|
2008-06-20 09:16:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-05-10 10:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Then enable restoring of ACL, xattr and hard links. Load the desired session
|
|
|
|
and copy the file trees to disk.
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Avoid to create /home/thomas/restored without rwx\-permission.
|
2008-06-20 09:16:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-for_backup \\
|
2009-03-01 11:39:18 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-load volid 'PROJECTS_MAIL_2008_06_19*' \\
|
2008-06-20 09:16:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-indev /dev/sr0 \\
|
2008-06-20 09:16:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-osirrox on:auto_chmod_on \\
|
2008-06-20 09:16:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-chmod u+rwx / \-\- \\
|
2008-06-20 09:16:34 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2013-05-10 10:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\-extract /projects /home/thomas/restored/projects \\
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-extract /personal_mail /home/thomas/restored/personal_mail \\
|
2008-03-08 12:27:22 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-rollback_end
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The final command \-rollback_end prevents an error message about the altered
|
2009-10-27 14:21:54 +00:00
|
|
|
image being discarded.
|
2008-08-24 10:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2011-10-26 14:09:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Try to retrieve blocks from a damaged medium
|
2008-08-24 10:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
$ xorriso \-abort_on NEVER \-indev /dev/sr0 \\
|
2008-08-24 10:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-check_media time_limit=1800 report=blocks_files \\
|
2008-08-24 10:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
data_to="$HOME"/dvd_copy sector_map="$HOME"/dvd_copy.map \-\-
|
2008-08-24 10:07:24 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-06-17 14:39:24 +00:00
|
|
|
This can be repeated several times, if necessary with \-eject or with other
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
\-indev drives. See the human readable part of "$HOME"/dvd_copy.map for
|
|
|
|
addresses which can be used on "$HOME"/dvd_copy with mount option \-o sbsector=
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
or \-s.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.SH FILES
|
|
|
|
.SS
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Program alias names:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Normal installation of \fBxorriso\fR creates three links or copies which by their
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
program name pre\-select certain settings:
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorrisofs\fR starts \fBxorriso\fR with \-as mkisofs emulation.
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorrecord\fR starts \fBxorriso\fR with \-as cdrecord emulation.
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2015-09-20 12:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBosirrox\fR starts with \-osirrox "on:o_excl_off" which allows further
|
|
|
|
commands to copy files from ISO image to disk and to apply command \-mount to
|
2010-04-12 11:09:38 +00:00
|
|
|
one or more of the existing ISO sessions.
|
|
|
|
.SS
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Startup files:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-14 10:50:08 +00:00
|
|
|
If not \-no_rc is given as the first argument then \fBxorriso\fR attempts on startup
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
to read and execute lines from the following files:
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/etc/default/xorriso
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/etc/opt/xorriso/rc
|
2008-01-18 17:03:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/etc/xorriso/xorriso.conf
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
$HOME/.xorrisorc
|
2007-11-11 11:22:39 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
The files are read in the sequence given above, but none of them is required
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
to exist. The line format is described with command \-options_from_file.
|
2010-06-26 11:40:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If mkisofs emulation was enabled by program name "xorrisofs", "mkisofs",
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
"genisoimage", or "genisofs", then afterwards \-read_mkisofsrc is performed,
|
2010-06-26 11:40:36 +00:00
|
|
|
which reads .mkisofsrc files. See there.
|
2008-09-30 10:28:46 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.B Runtime control files:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
The default setting of \-check_media abort_file= is:
|
2008-08-14 22:15:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/var/opt/xorriso/do_abort_check_media
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-08-16 13:18:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS
|
|
|
|
.SH ENVIRONMENT
|
|
|
|
The following environment variables influence the program behavior:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2017-06-29 21:15:40 +00:00
|
|
|
HOME is used to find startup files of xorriso and mkisofs.
|
2016-08-16 13:18:31 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH belongs to the specs of reproducible\-builds.org.
|
|
|
|
It is supposed to be either undefined or to contain a decimal number
|
|
|
|
which tells the seconds since january 1st 1970. If it contains a number,
|
|
|
|
then it is used as time value to set the default of
|
2016-09-12 09:16:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\-volume date "uuid", sets \-boot_image "any" "gpt_disk_guid=" to
|
2019-04-18 09:28:35 +00:00
|
|
|
"volume_date_uuid", \-volume_date "all_file_dates" to "set_to_mtime",
|
|
|
|
and \-iso_nowtime to "=$SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH".
|
2016-09-12 09:16:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2016-08-16 13:18:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Startup files and program options can override the effect of SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.SS
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.SH SEE ALSO
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2011-03-05 17:42:25 +00:00
|
|
|
For the mkisofs emulation of xorriso
|
|
|
|
.BR xorrisofs(1)
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2011-10-25 10:39:10 +00:00
|
|
|
For the cdrecord emulation of xorriso
|
|
|
|
.BR xorrecord(1)
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2009-09-28 17:32:27 +00:00
|
|
|
For mounting xorriso generated ISO 9660 images (-t iso9660)
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.BR mount(8)
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2008-02-14 21:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Libreadline, a comfortable input line facility
|
|
|
|
.BR readline(3)
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Other programs which produce ISO 9660 images
|
|
|
|
.BR mkisofs(8),
|
2018-09-01 19:19:06 +00:00
|
|
|
.BR genisoimage(1)
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
2007-11-14 17:55:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Other programs which burn sessions to optical media
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.BR growisofs(1),
|
|
|
|
.BR cdrecord(1),
|
|
|
|
.BR wodim(1),
|
2010-03-18 10:13:35 +00:00
|
|
|
.BR cdrskin(1)
|
2009-02-12 11:06:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
ACL and xattr
|
|
|
|
.BR getfacl(1),
|
|
|
|
.BR setfacl(1),
|
|
|
|
.BR getfattr(1),
|
|
|
|
.BR setfattr(1)
|
2009-08-12 13:03:07 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
MD5 checksums
|
|
|
|
.BR md5sum(1)
|
2011-08-23 10:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
On FreeBSD the commands for xattr and MD5 differ
|
|
|
|
.BR getextattr(8),
|
|
|
|
.BR setextattr(8),
|
|
|
|
.BR md5(1)
|
2011-05-17 09:42:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.SH BUGS
|
2011-05-18 07:03:39 +00:00
|
|
|
To report bugs, request help, or suggest enhancements for \fBxorriso\fR,
|
|
|
|
please send electronic mail to the public list <bug\-xorriso@gnu.org>.
|
|
|
|
If more privacy is desired, mail to <scdbackup@gmx.net>.
|
2011-05-17 09:42:51 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Please describe what you expect \fBxorriso\fR to do,
|
2015-07-31 16:23:08 +00:00
|
|
|
the program arguments or dialog commands by which you tried to achieve it,
|
2011-05-17 09:42:51 +00:00
|
|
|
the messages of \fBxorriso\fR, and the undesirable outcome of your
|
|
|
|
program run.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Expect to get asked more questions before solutions can be proposed.
|
2007-10-20 17:12:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.SH AUTHOR
|
2007-10-20 19:50:24 +00:00
|
|
|
Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2011-05-13 16:47:52 +00:00
|
|
|
for libburnia\-project.org
|
2010-02-14 15:14:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.SH COPYRIGHT
|
2023-01-10 18:03:10 +00:00
|
|
|
Copyright (c) 2007 \- 2023 Thomas Schmitt
|
2010-02-14 15:14:30 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2010-06-10 18:15:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Permission is granted to distribute this text freely. It shall only be
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
modified in sync with the technical properties of \fBxorriso\fR.
|
|
|
|
If you make use of the license to derive modified versions of
|
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR then you are entitled to modify this text under that
|
|
|
|
same license.
|
2008-02-14 21:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.SH CREDITS
|
2011-05-16 19:20:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBxorriso\fR is in part based on work by Vreixo Formoso who provides
|
|
|
|
libisofs together with Mario Danic who also leads the libburnia team.
|
2012-06-06 18:48:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Vladimir Serbinenko contributed the HFS+ filesystem code and related knowledge.
|
2008-02-16 20:24:40 +00:00
|
|
|
Thanks to Andy Polyakov who invented emulated growing,
|
|
|
|
to Derek Foreman and Ben Jansens who once founded libburn.
|
2008-02-14 21:23:02 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Compliments towards Joerg Schilling whose cdrtools served me for ten years.
|